Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

(with motion above

Толкование Перевод

1 above

1. adverb
1) (position) oben; oberhalb; (higher up) darüber

up above — oben

from above — von oben [herab]

above right — rechts oben; oben rechts

the flat/floor above — die Wohnung/das Stockwerk darüber

2) (direction) nach oben; hinauf; (upstream) stromauf[wärts]

3) (earlier in text) weiter oben

see above, p. 123 — siehe oben, S. 123
2. preposition
1) (position) über (+ Dat.); (upstream from) oberhalb (+ Gen.)

above oneself — (conceited) größenwahnsinnig (ugs.)

2) (direction) über (+ Akk.)

3) (more than) über (+ Akk.)

will anyone go above £2,000? — bietet jemand mehr als 2 000 Pfund?

be above criticism/suspicion — über jede Kritik/jeden Verdacht erhaben sein

above all [else] — vor allem; insbesondere

4) (ranking higher than) über (+ Dat.)

she's in the class above me — sie ist eine Klasse über mir
3. adjective
obig [Erklärung, Aufzählung, Ziffern]; (above-mentioned) obengenannt
4. noun
the above — das Obige; (person[s]) der/die Obengenannte/die Obengenannten

* * *
1. preposition
1) (in a higher position than: a picture above the fireplace.) über

2) (greater than: The child's intelligence is above average.) über

3) (too good for: The police must be above suspicion.) erhaben über
2. adverb
1) (higher up: seen from above.) oben

2) ((in a book etc) earlier or higher up on the page: See above.) oben

•

- academic.ru/114993/above-board">above-board
- above all
* * *

above

[əˈbʌv]

I. prep

1. (over) über + dat

the room \above mine das Zimmer über mir

▪ up \above sb/sth hoch über jdm/etw

2. (more than) über + akk

banquets \above 50 people Bankette mit mehr als 50 Personen

\above average/freezing über dem Durchschnitt/Gefrierpunkt

\above [and beyond] all expectations [weit] über allen Erwartungen

3. (superior to)

he thinks he's \above everyone else er hält sich für was Besseres

▪ to be \above sth quality über etw akk erhaben sein; person also über etw dat stehen

his behaviour is \above criticism sein Verhalten ist über jede Kritik erhaben

▪ to feel \above sth sich akk über etw akk erhaben fühlen

to get \above oneself größenwahnsinnig werden pej fam

to have ideas \above one's station BRIT ( dated) sich akk für etwas Besseres halten

4. (more important)

she values her job \above her family sie stellt ihre Arbeit über ihre Familie

they value freedom \above all else für sie ist die Freiheit wichtiger als alles andere

\above all [else] vor allem

5. (louder than)

we couldn't hear each other speak \above the music die Musik war so laut, dass wir uns nicht mehr verstehen konnten

she couldn't speak \above a whisper sie konnte nur noch flüstern

6.

▶ to be \above sb/one's head jdm/einem zu hoch sein fam

▶ to not be \above sth/doing sth zu etw bereit sein/bereit sein, etw zu tun

II. adv

1. (higher) oberhalb, darüber

the flat \above die Wohnung über uns

from \above von oben

the sky \above der Himmel über uns/ihnen etc.

2. (more) darüber

planks of 1 m and \above Bretter von 1 Meter und länger

3. (overhead)

from \above von oben

seen from \above von oben betrachtet

4. (in the sky) am Himmel

he looked up to the stars \above er blickte hinauf zu den Sternen

5. (in heaven) im Himmel

the Lord \above der Herr im Himmel

He came from \above Er stieg vom Himmel herab

6. (higher ranks)

[orders] from \above [Anweisungen pl] von oben fam

7. (in text) oben

the address given \above die oben genannte Adresse

as mentioned \above wie oben erwähnt

see \above siehe oben

III. adj attr, inv ( form) obige(r, s)

the \above address die oben genannte Adresse

in the \above diagram/paragraph im obigen Diagramm/Absatz

IV. n

▪ the \above

1. (things) das Obengenannte; (person) der/die Obengenannte; (several) die Obengenannten pl

2. (in text) das Obenerwähnte [o Obige]

* * *
[ə'bʌv]
1. adv

1) (= overhead) oben; (= in a higher position) darüber

from above — von oben

look above — schau nach oben

the apartment above — die Wohnung oben or( above that one) darüber

2) (in text) oben

2. prep
über (+dat); (with motion) über (+acc); (= upstream of) oberhalb (+gen)
above all — vor allem, vor allen Dingen

I couldn't hear above the din — ich konnte bei dem Lärm nichts hören

he valued money above his family — er schätzte Geld mehr als seine Familie

to be above sb/sth — über jdm/etw stehen

he's above that sort of thing — er ist über so etwas erhaben

he's not above a bit of blackmail — er ist sich (dat) nicht zu gut für eine kleine Erpressung

it's above my head or me — das ist mir zu hoch

to get above oneself (inf) — größenwahnsinnig werden (inf)

3. adj attr

the above persons/figures — die oben genannten or oben erwähnten Personen/Zahlen

the above paragraph — der vorangehende or obige Abschnitt

4. n

* * *

above [əˈbʌv]

A adv

1. (dr)oben, oberhalb, darüber:

from above von oben (a. fig Befehl etc)( → A 2);

I heard a shout from the flat above aus der Wohnung über mir

2. REL (dr)oben, im Himmel:

from above von oben (her), vom Himmel ( → A 1);

the powers above die himmlischen Mächte

3. darüber (hinaus):

the court above JUR die höhere Instanz;

the rank above der nächsthöhere Rang

4. weiter oben:

the facts (mentioned) above die oben erwähnten Fakten;

as stated above wie oben angeführt oder angegeben

5. nach oben, hinauf:

a staircase leading above

B präp

1. a) über (dat oder akk), oberhalb (gen):

above the earth über der Erde, oberirdisch;

fly above the clouds über den Wolken fliegen

b) über (dat), nördlich von

2. fig über (dat oder akk), mehr als, stärker als, erhaben über (akk):

be above and beyond weit hinausgehen über (akk);

above all (else) vor allem, vor allen Dingen;

he loves her above all others er liebt sie mehr als alle anderen;

he is above that er steht über der Sache, er ist darüber erhaben;

she was above taking advice sie war zu stolz, Rat anzunehmen; sie ließ sich nichts sagen;

not be above doing sth sich nicht zu schade sein, etwas zu tun;

he is not above accepting bribes er scheut sich nicht, Bestechungsgelder anzunehmen;

be above sb

a) jemandem überlegen sein,

b) (rangmäßig) über jemandem stehen;

get above sb jemanden überflügeln;

that is above me das ist mir zu hoch, das geht über meinen Horizont oder Verstand

C adj obig, oben erwähnt

D s the above

a) der oder die Obengenannte, das Obige,

b) die Obengenannten pl

sup. abk

1. superior

2. superlative Superl.

3. supplement

4. supplementary zusätzl.

5. supply

6. supra, above

* * *
1. adverb
1) (position) oben; oberhalb; (higher up) darüber

up above — oben

from above — von oben [herab]

above right — rechts oben; oben rechts

the flat/floor above — die Wohnung/das Stockwerk darüber

2) (direction) nach oben; hinauf; (upstream) stromauf[wärts]

3) (earlier in text) weiter oben

see above, p. 123 — siehe oben, S. 123
2. preposition
1) (position) über (+ Dat.); (upstream from) oberhalb (+ Gen.)

above oneself — (conceited) größenwahnsinnig (ugs.)

2) (direction) über (+ Akk.)

3) (more than) über (+ Akk.)

will anyone go above £2,000? — bietet jemand mehr als 2 000 Pfund?

be above criticism/suspicion — über jede Kritik/jeden Verdacht erhaben sein

above all [else] — vor allem; insbesondere

4) (ranking higher than) über (+ Dat.)

she's in the class above me — sie ist eine Klasse über mir
3. adjective
obig [Erklärung, Aufzählung, Ziffern]; (above-mentioned) obengenannt
4. noun
the above — das Obige; (person[s]) der/die Obengenannte/die Obengenannten

* * *

adv.

oben adv.

oberhalb adv.

obig adv. prep.

über präp.

English-german dictionary > above
2 over

1.
['əʊvə(r)]adverb

1) (outward and downward) hinüber

2) (so as to cover surface)

draw/board/cover over — zuziehen/-nageln/-decken

3) (with motion above something)

climb/look/jump over — hinüber- od. (ugs.) rüberklettern/-sehen/-springen

4) (so as to reverse position etc.) herum

switch over — umschalten [Programm, Sender]

it rolled over and over — es rollte und rollte

5) (across a space) hinüber; (towards speaker) herüber

he swam over to us/the other side — er schwamm zu uns herüber/hinüber zur anderen Seite

fly over — vorüberfliegen

over here/there — (direction) hier herüber/dort hinüber; (location) hier/dort

they are over [here] for the day — sie sind einen Tag hier

ask somebody over [for dinner] — jemanden [zum Essen] einladen

6) (Radio)

[come in, please,] over — übernehmen Sie bitte

over and out — Ende

7) (in excess etc.)

children of 12 and over — Kinder im Alter von zwölf Jahren und darüber

be [left] over — übrig [geblieben] sein

have over — übrig haben [Geld]

9 into 28 goes 3 and 1 over — 28 geteilt durch neun ist gleich 3, Rest 1

it's a bit over — (in weight) es ist ein bisschen mehr

8) (from beginning to end) von Anfang bis Ende

say something twice over — etwas wiederholen od. zweimal sagen

over and over [again] — immer wieder

several times over — mehrmals

9) (at an end) vorbei; vorüber

be over — vorbei sein; [Aufführung:] zu Ende sein

get something over with — etwas hinter sich (Akk.) bringen

be over and done with — erledigt sein

10)

all over — (completely finished) aus [und vorbei]; (in or on one's whole body etc.) überall; (in characteristic attitude) typisch

I ache all over — mir tut alles weh

be shaking all over — am ganzen Körper zittern

embroidered all over with flowers — ganz mit Blumen bestickt

that is him/something all over — das ist typisch für ihn/etwas

11) (overleaf) umseitig

see over — siehe Rückseite
2. preposition
1) (above) (indicating position) über (+ Dat.); (indicating motion) über (+ Akk.)

2) (on) (indicating position) über (+ Dat.); (indicating motion) über (+ Akk.)

hit somebody over the head — jemandem auf den Kopf schlagen

carry a coat over one's arm — einen Mantel über dem Arm tragen

over the page — auf der nächsten Seite

3) (in or across every part of) [überall] in (+ Dat.); (to and fro upon) über (+ Akk.); (all through) durch

all over — (in or on all parts of) überall in (+ Dat.)

travel all over the country — das ganze Land bereisen

all over Spain — überall in Spanien

she spilt wine all over her skirt — sie hat sich (Dat.) Wein über den ganzen Rock geschüttet

all over the world — in der ganzen Welt

4) (round about) (indicating position) über (+ Dat.); (indicating motion) über (+ Akk.)

a sense of gloom hung over him — ihn umgab eine gedrückte Stimmung

5) (on account of) wegen

laugh over something — über etwas (Akk.) lachen

6) (engaged with) bei

take trouble over something — sich (Dat.) mit etwas Mühe geben

be a long time over something — lange für etwas brauchen

over work/dinner/a cup of tea — bei der Arbeit/beim Essen/bei einer Tasse Tee

7) (superior to, in charge of) über (+ Akk.)

have command/authority over somebody — Befehlsgewalt über jemanden/Weisungsbefugnis gegenüber jemandem haben

be over somebody — (in rank) über jemandem stehen

8) (beyond, more than) über (+ Akk.)

an increase over last year's total — eine Zunahme gegenüber der letztjährigen Gesamtmenge

it's been over a month since... — es ist über einen Monat her, dass...

over and above — zusätzlich zu

9) (in comparison with)

a decrease over last year — eine Abnahme gegenüber dem letzten Jahr

10) (out and down from etc.) über (+ Akk.)

look over a wall — über eine Mauer sehen

the window looks over the street — das Fenster geht zur Straße hinaus

fall over a cliff — von einem Felsen stürzen

11) (across) über (+ Akk.)

the pub over the road — die Wirtschaft auf der anderen Straßenseite od. gegenüber

climb over the wall — über die Mauer steigen od. klettern

be over the worst — das Schlimmste hinter sich (Dat.) od. überstanden haben

be over an illness — eine Krankheit überstanden haben

12) (throughout, during) über (+ Akk.)

stay over Christmas/the weekend/Wednesday — über Weihnachten/das Wochenende/bis Donnerstag bleiben

over the summer — den Sommer über

over the past years — in den letzten Jahren

* * *
['əuvə] 1. preposition
1) (higher than; above in position, number, authority etc: Hang that picture over the fireplace; He's over 90 years old.) über

2) (from one side to another, on or above the top of; on the other side of: He jumped over the gate; She fell over the cat; My friend lives over the street.) über

3) (covering: He put his handkerchief over his face.) über

4) (across: You find people like him all over the world.) über

5) (about: a quarrel over money.) wegen

6) (by means of: He spoke to her over the telephone.) durch

7) (during: Over the years, she grew to hate her husband.) während

8) (while having etc: He fell asleep over his dinner.) über
2. adverb
1) (higher, moving etc above: The plane flew over about an hour ago.)

2) (used to show movement, change of position: He rolled over on his back; He turned over the page.)

3) (across: He went over and spoke to them.)

4) (downwards: He fell over.)

5) (higher in number etc: for people aged twenty and over.)

6) (remaining: There are two cakes for each of us, and two over.)

7) (through from beginning to end, carefully: Read it over; Talk it over between you.)
3. adjective
(finished: The affair is over now.) über
4. noun
((in cricket) a certain number of balls bowled from one end of the wicket: He bowled thirty overs in the match.) das Over
5. as part of a word
1) (too (much), as in overdo.) über...

2) (in a higher position, as in overhead.) ober...

3) (covering, as in overcoat.) über...

4) (down from an upright position, as in overturn.) um...

5) (completely, as in overcome.) über...

•

- academic.ru/117784/over_again">over again
- over all
- over and done with
* * *

over

[ˈəʊvəʳ, AM ˈoʊvɚ]

I. adv inv, pred

1. (across) hinüber; (towards speaker) herüber

come \over here komm hierher

why don't you come \over for dinner on Thursday? kommt doch am Donnerstag zum Abendessen zu uns

he is flying \over from the States tomorrow er kommt morgen aus den Staaten 'rüber fam

I've got a friend \over from Canada this week ich habe diese Woche einen Freund aus Kanada zu Besuch

to move [sth] \over [etw] [beiseite] rücken

2. (on the other side) drüben; (on speaker's side) herüben

I've got a friend \over in Munich ein Freund von mir lebt in München

\over the sea in Übersee

\over there dort [drüben]

3. (another way up) auf die andere Seite

the dog rolled \over onto its back der Hund rollte sich auf den Rücken

to turn sth \over etw umdrehen

to turn a page \over [eine Seite] umblättern

\over and \over [immer wieder] um sich akk selbst

the children rolled \over and \over down the gentle slope die Kinder kugelten den leichten Abhang hinunter

4. (downwards)

to fall \over hinfallen

to knock sth \over etw umstoßen

5. (finished)

▪ to be \over vorbei [o aus] sein

the game was \over by 5 o'clock das Spiel war um 5 Uhr zu Ende

it's all \over between us zwischen uns ist es aus

that's all \over now damit ist es jetzt vorbei

to be all \over bar the shouting so gut wie gelaufen sein fam

to get sth \over with etw abschließen

to get sth \over and done with etw hinter sich akk bringen

6. AVIAT, TELEC over, Ende

\over and out Ende [der Durchsage] fam

7. (remaining)

[left] \over übrig

there were a few sandwiches left \over ein paar Sandwiches waren noch übrig

8. (thoroughly, in detail)

to read sth \over etw durchlesen

to talk sth \over etw durchsprechen

to think sth \over etw überdenken

9. (throughout)

the world \over überall auf der Welt

all \over ganz und gar

that's him all \over typisch er

I was wet all \over ich war völlig durchnässt

10. AM (again) noch einmal

all \over alles noch einmal

I'll make you write it all \over ich lasse dich alles noch einmal schreiben

to say everything twice \over alles zweimal sagen; five times \over fünfmal hintereinander

\over and \over immer [o wieder und] wieder

11. (sb's turn)

I've done all I can. it's now over to you ich habe alles getan, was ich konnte. jetzt bist du dran

12. RADIO, TV

and now it's \over to John Regis for his report wir geben jetzt weiter an John Regis und seinen Bericht

now we're going \over to Wembley for commentary zum Kommentar schalten wir jetzt hinüber nach Wembley

13. (more) mehr

people who are 65 and \over Menschen, die 65 Jahre oder älter sind

14.

▶ to give \over die Klappe halten sl

▶ to have one \over the eight BRIT einen sitzen haben fam

▶ to hold sth \over etw verschieben

II. prep

1. (across) über + akk

he spilled wine \over his shirt er goss sich Wein über sein Hemd

he looked \over his newspaper er schaute über seine Zeitung hinweg

2. (on the other side of) über + dat

the village is just \over the next hill das Dorf liegt hinter dem nächsten Hügel

the diagram is \over the page das Diagramm ist auf der nächsten Seite

\over the way [or road] BRIT auf der anderen Straßenseite, gegenüber

they live just \over the road from us sie wohnen uns gegenüber auf der anderen Straßenseite

3. (above) über + dat

he sat there, bent \over his books er saß da, über seine Bücher gebeugt

to have a roof \over one's head ein Dach über dem Kopf haben

4. (everywhere) [überall] in + dat; (moving everywhere) durch + akk

all \over überall in + dat

she had blood all \over her hands sie hatte die Hände voll Blut

you've got mustard all \over your face du hast Senf überall im Gesicht

all \over the country im ganzen Land

we travelled all \over the country wir haben das ganze Land bereist

all \over the world auf der ganzen Welt

to be all \over sb (sl) von jdm hingerissen sein

to show sb \over the house jdm das Haus zeigen

5. (during) in + dat

, während + gen

shall we talk about it \over a cup of coffee? sollen wir das bei einer Tasse Kaffee besprechen?

gentlemen are asked not to smoke \over dinner die Herren werden gebeten, während des Essens nicht zu rauchen

she fell asleep \over her homework sie nickte über ihren Hausaufgaben ein

\over the last few months in den letzten Monaten

\over the summer den Sommer über

\over the years mit den Jahren

6. (more than, longer than) über + akk

this shirt cost me \over £50! dieses Hemd hat mich über 50 Pfund gekostet!

they are already 25 million dollars \over budget sie haben das Budget bereits um 25 Millionen Dollar überzogen

he will not survive \over the winter er wird den Winter nicht überstehen

\over and above über + akk... hinaus

she receives an extra allowance \over and above the usual welfare payments sie bekommt über die üblichen Sozialhilfeleistungen hinaus eine zusätzliche Beihilfe

\over and above that darüber hinaus

7. (through)

he told me \over the phone er sagte es mir am Telefon

we heard the news \over the radio wir hörten die Nachricht im Radio

8. (in superiority to) über + akk

he has authority \over thirty employees er hat dreißig Mitarbeiter unter sich

she has a regional sales director \over her sie untersteht einem Gebietsvertriebsleiter

a colonel is \over a sergeant in the army ein Colonel steht über einem Sergeant in der Armee

her husband always did have a lot of influence \over her ihr Mann hat schon immer einen großen Einfluss auf sie gehabt

9. (about) über + akk

there's no point in arguing \over it es hat keinen Sinn, darüber zu streiten

don't fret \over him — he'll be alright mach dir keine Sorgen um ihn — es wird ihm schon gutgehen

we've been \over this before — no TV until you've done your homework das hatten wir doch alles schon — kein Fernsehen bis du deine Hausaufgaben gemacht hast

10. (past) über + akk... hinweg

he's not fully recovered but he's certainly \over the worst er ist zwar noch nicht wieder ganz gesund, aber er hat das Schlimmste überstanden

to be/get \over sb über die Trennung von jdm hinweg sein/kommen

to be \over an obstacle ein Hindernis überwunden haben

11. MATH (in fraction) durch + akk

48 \over 7 is roughly 7 48 durch 7 ist ungefähr 7

2 \over 5 zwei Fünftel

* * *
['əʊvə(r)]
1. prep

1) (indicating motion) über (+acc)

he spread the blanket over the bed — er breitete die Decke über das Bett

he spilled coffee over it — er goss Kaffee darüber, er vergoss Kaffee darauf

to hit sb over the head — jdm auf den Kopf schlagen

2) (indicating position = above, on top of) über (+dat)

if you hang the picture over the desk — wenn du das Bild über dem Schreibtisch aufhängst or über den Schreibtisch hängst

bent over one's books — über die Bücher gebeugt

3) (= on the other side of) über (+dat); (= to the other side of) über (+acc)

to look over the wall — über die Mauer schauen

the noise came from over the wall — der Lärm kam von der anderen Seite der Mauer

it's over the page — es ist auf der nächsten Seite

I looked over my shoulder — ich sah mir über meine Schulter

he looked over my shoulder — er sah über die Schulter

she has to keep looking over her shoulder (fig) — sie ist verängstigt

the house over the road —

the family from over the road — die Familie von gegenüber

it's just over the road from us — das ist von uns (aus) nur über die Straße

the bridge over the river — die Brücke über den Fluss

we're over the main obstacles now — wir haben jetzt die größten Hindernisse hinter uns (dat)

when they were over the river — als sie über den Fluss hinüber waren

they're all safely over the first fence — sie sind alle sicher über die erste Hürde gekommen

4) (= in or across every part of) in (+dat)

it was raining over London — es regnete in (ganz) London

they came from all over England —

I'll show you over the house — ich zeige Ihnen das Haus

you've got ink all over you/your hands — Sie/Ihre Hände sind ganz voller Tinte

a smile spread over her face — ein Lächeln breitete sich auf ihrem Gesicht aus

to be all over sb (inf) — ein Mordstheater um jdn machen (inf)

5) (= superior to) über (+dat)

to have authority over sb — Autorität über jdn haben

he has no control over his urges/his staff — er hat seine Triebe/seine Angestellten nicht unter Kontrolle

he was promoted over me — er wurde über mich befördert

we were all over them (inf) — wir waren ihnen haushoch überlegen

6) (= more than, longer than) über (+acc)

over and above that — darüber hinaus

over and above the expenses — über die Ausgaben hinaus

that was well over a year ago — das ist gut ein Jahr her, das war vor gut einem Jahr

she will not live over the winter — sie wird den Winter nicht überleben

7) (in expressions of time) über (+acc); (= during) während (+gen), in (+dat)

can we stay over the weekend? — können wir übers Wochenende bleiben?

over Christmas — über Weihnachten

over the summer — den Sommer über

over the summer we have been trying... — während des Sommers haben wir versucht...

over the (past) years I've come to realize... — im Laufe der (letzten) Jahre ist mir klar geworden...

he has mellowed over the years — er ist mit den Jahren milder geworden

the visits were spread over several months — die Besuche verteilten sich über mehrere Monate

8)

they talked over a cup of coffee —

the speeches were made over coffee — die Reden wurden beim Kaffee gehalten

let's discuss that over dinner/a beer — besprechen wir das beim Essen/bei einem Bier

they'll be a long time over it — sie werden dazu lange brauchen

he nodded off over his work — er nickte über seiner Arbeit ein

to get stuck over a difficulty — bei einer Schwierigkeit stecken bleiben

9)

he told me over the phone — er hat es mir am Telefon gesagt

I heard it over the radio — ich habe es im Radio gehört

a voice came over the intercom — eine Stimme kam über die Sprechanlage

10) (= about) über (+acc)

it's not worth arguing over —

that's nothing for you to get upset over — darüber brauchst du dich nicht aufzuregen

11)

what is 7 over 3? — wie viel ist 7 durch 3?

blood pressure of 150 over 120 — Blutdruck m von 150 zu 120

2. adv

1) (= across) (away from speaker) hinüber; (towards speaker) herüber; (= on the other side) drüben

they swam over to us —

he took the fruit over to his mother when the first man is over the second starts to climb/swim — er brachte das Obst zu seiner Mutter hinüber wenn der Erste drüben angekommen ist, klettert/schwimmt der Zweite los

come over tonight — kommen Sie heute Abend vorbei

I just thought I'd come over — ich dachte, ich komme mal rüber (inf)

he is over here/there — er ist hier/dort drüben

over to you! — Sie sind daran

and now over to our reporter in Belfast — und nun schalten wir zu unserem Reporter in Belfast um

and now over to Paris where... — und nun (schalten wir um) nach Paris, wo...

he has gone over to America — er ist nach Amerika gefahren

over in America — drüben in Amerika

he drove us over to the other side of town — er fuhr uns ans andere Ende der Stadt

he went over to the enemy — er lief zum Feind über

2)

famous the world over — in der ganzen Welt berühmt

I've been looking for it all over — ich habe überall danach gesucht

I am aching all over — mir tut alles weh

you've got dirt all over — Sie sind voller Schmutz, Sie sind ganz schmutzig

he was shaking all over — er zitterte am ganzen Leib

I'm wet all over — ich bin völlig nass

he was black all over — er war von oben bis unten schwarz

the dog licked him all over — der Hund leckte ihn von oben bis unten ab

that's Fred all over — das ist typisch (für) Fred

it happens all over — das gibt es überall

3)

(indicating movement from one side to another, from upright position) to turn an object over (and over) — einen Gegenstand (immer wieder) herumdrehen

he hit her and over she went — er schlug sie, und sie fiel um

4) (= ended) film, first act, operation, fight etc zu Ende; romance, summer vorbei, zu Ende

the rain is over — der Regen hat aufgehört

the pain will soon be over — der Schmerz wird bald vorbei sein

the danger was over — die Gefahr war vorüber, es bestand keine Gefahr mehr

when all this is over — wenn das alles vorbei ist

it's all over with him — es ist Schluss or aus mit ihm

it's all over between us — es ist aus zwischen uns

5)

(indicating repetition) or over (US) — er zählte sie noch einmal

or over (US) — noch einmal (ganz) von vorn anfangen

over and over (again) — immer (und immer) wieder, wieder und wieder

he did it five times over — er hat es fünfmal wiederholt

must I say everything twice over! — muss ich denn immer alles zweimal sagen!

6) (= excessively) übermäßig, allzu

he has not done it over well — er hat es nicht gerade übermäßig gut gemacht

he is not over healthy — er ist nicht allzu gesund

there's not over much left — es ist nicht allzu viel übrig

7) (= remaining) übrig

there was no/a lot of meat (left) over — es war kein Fleisch mehr übrig/viel Fleisch übrig

7 into 22 goes 3 and 1 over — 22 durch 7 ist 3, Rest 1

6 feet and a little over — 6 Fuß und ein bisschen

8)

(= more) children of 8 and over —

all results of 5.3 and over — alle Ergebnisse ab 5,3 or von 5,3 und darüber

if it takes three hours or over — wenn es drei oder mehr Stunden dauert

9) (TELEC)

come in, please, over — bitte kommen, over

over and out — Ende der Durchsage; (Aviat) over and out

3. n (CRICKET)
6 aufeinanderfolgende Würfe
* * *

over [ˈəʊvə(r)]

A präp

1. (Grundbedeutung) über (dat oder akk)

2. (Lage) über (dat):

the lamp over his head

3. (Richtung, Bewegung) über (akk), über (akk) … hin, über (akk) … (hin)weg:

jump over the fence;

the bridge over the Danube die Brücke über die Donau;

he escaped over the border er entkam über die Grenze;

he will get over it fig er wird darüber hinwegkommen

4. durch:

over the air

5. Br über (dat), jenseits (gen), auf der anderen Seite von (oder gen):

over the sea in Übersee, jenseits des Meeres;

over the street ( oder road) auf der anderen Straßenseite;

over the way gegenüber

6. über (dat), bei:

he fell asleep over his work er schlief über seiner Arbeit ein;

over a cup of tea bei einer Tasse Tee

7. über (akk), wegen:

worry over sth

8. (Herrschaft, Autorität, Rang) über (dat oder akk):

be over sb über jemandem stehen;

reign over a kingdom über ein Königreich herrschen;

he set him over the others er setzte ihn über die anderen

9. vor (dat):

preference over the others Vorzug vor den andern

10. über (akk), mehr als:

over a mile;

over 10 dollars;

over a week über eine Woche, länger als eine Woche;

over and above zusätzlich zu, außer ( → B 13)

11. über (akk), während:

over the weekend;

over the years im Laufe der Jahre;

over many years viele Jahre hindurch

12. durch:

he went over his notes er ging seine Notizen durch

B adv

1. hinüber…, darüber…:

he jumped over

2. hinüber… (to zu):

he ran over to his mother

3. fig über…, zur anderen Seite oder Partei:

they went over to the enemy sie liefen zum Feind über

4. herüber…:

come over!

5. drüben:

over by the tree drüben beim Baum;

over in Canada (drüben) in Kanada;

over there

a) da drüben,

b) US umg (drüben) in Europa;

over against gegenüber (dat) (a. fig im Gegensatz od im Vergleich zu)

6. (genau) darüber:

the bird is directly over

7. darüber(…), über…(-decken etc):

paint sth over etwas übermalen

8. (meist in Verbindung mit Verben)

a) über…(-geben etc)

b) über…(-kochen etc)

9. (oft in Verbindung mit Verben)

a) um…(-fallen, -werfen etc)

b) herum…(-drehen etc)

10. durch(weg), von Anfang bis (zum) Ende:

one foot over ein Fuß im Durchmesser;

covered (all) over with red spots ganz oder über und über mit roten Flecken bedeckt;

the world over

a) in der ganzen Welt,

b) durch die ganze Welt

11. (gründlich) über…(-legen, -denken etc)

12. nochmals, wieder:

(all) over again nochmal, (ganz) von vorn;

over and over again immer (u. immer) wieder;

do sth over etwas nochmals tun;

ten times over zehnmal hintereinander

13. darüber, mehr:

children of ten years and over Kinder ab 10 Jahren;

10 ounces and over 10 Unzen und mehr;

over and above außerdem, obendrein, überdies ( → A 10)

14. übrig:

have sth over

15. (zeitlich, im Deutschen oft unübersetzt)

a) ständig

b) länger:

we stayed over till Monday wir blieben bis Montag

16. zu Ende, vorüber, vorbei:

the lesson is over;

over! (Funksprechverkehr) over!, kommen!;

over and out! (Funksprechverkehr) over and out! (Ende des Gesamtgesprächs);

all over ganz vorbei;

all over with erledigt, vorüber;

it’s all over with him es ist aus und vorbei mit ihm, er ist endgültig erledigt umg;

all over and done with total erledigt

C adj

1. ober(er, e, es), Ober…

2. äußer(er, e, es), Außen…

3. überzählig, überschüssig, übrig

D s Überschuss m:

over of exports Exportüberschuss

* * *
1.
['əʊvə(r)]adverb

1) (outward and downward) hinüber

2) (so as to cover surface)

draw/board/cover over — zuziehen/-nageln/-decken

3) (with motion above something)

climb/look/jump over — hinüber- od. (ugs.) rüberklettern/-sehen/-springen

4) (so as to reverse position etc.) herum

switch over — umschalten [Programm, Sender]

it rolled over and over — es rollte und rollte

5) (across a space) hinüber; (towards speaker) herüber

he swam over to us/the other side — er schwamm zu uns herüber/hinüber zur anderen Seite

fly over — vorüberfliegen

over here/there — (direction) hier herüber/dort hinüber; (location) hier/dort

they are over [here] for the day — sie sind einen Tag hier

ask somebody over [for dinner] — jemanden [zum Essen] einladen

6) (Radio)

[come in, please,] over — übernehmen Sie bitte

over and out — Ende

7) (in excess etc.)

children of 12 and over — Kinder im Alter von zwölf Jahren und darüber

be [left] over — übrig [geblieben] sein

have over — übrig haben [Geld]

9 into 28 goes 3 and 1 over — 28 geteilt durch neun ist gleich 3, Rest 1

it's a bit over — (in weight) es ist ein bisschen mehr

8) (from beginning to end) von Anfang bis Ende

say something twice over — etwas wiederholen od. zweimal sagen

over and over [again] — immer wieder

several times over — mehrmals

9) (at an end) vorbei; vorüber

be over — vorbei sein; [Aufführung:] zu Ende sein

get something over with — etwas hinter sich (Akk.) bringen

be over and done with — erledigt sein

10)

all over — (completely finished) aus [und vorbei]; (in or on one's whole body etc.) überall; (in characteristic attitude) typisch

I ache all over — mir tut alles weh

be shaking all over — am ganzen Körper zittern

embroidered all over with flowers — ganz mit Blumen bestickt

that is him/something all over — das ist typisch für ihn/etwas

11) (overleaf) umseitig

see over — siehe Rückseite
2. preposition
1) (above) (indicating position) über (+ Dat.); (indicating motion) über (+ Akk.)

2) (on) (indicating position) über (+ Dat.); (indicating motion) über (+ Akk.)

hit somebody over the head — jemandem auf den Kopf schlagen

carry a coat over one's arm — einen Mantel über dem Arm tragen

over the page — auf der nächsten Seite

3) (in or across every part of) [überall] in (+ Dat.); (to and fro upon) über (+ Akk.); (all through) durch

all over — (in or on all parts of) überall in (+ Dat.)

travel all over the country — das ganze Land bereisen

all over Spain — überall in Spanien

she spilt wine all over her skirt — sie hat sich (Dat.) Wein über den ganzen Rock geschüttet

all over the world — in der ganzen Welt

4) (round about) (indicating position) über (+ Dat.); (indicating motion) über (+ Akk.)

a sense of gloom hung over him — ihn umgab eine gedrückte Stimmung

5) (on account of) wegen

laugh over something — über etwas (Akk.) lachen

6) (engaged with) bei

take trouble over something — sich (Dat.) mit etwas Mühe geben

be a long time over something — lange für etwas brauchen

over work/dinner/a cup of tea — bei der Arbeit/beim Essen/bei einer Tasse Tee

7) (superior to, in charge of) über (+ Akk.)

have command/authority over somebody — Befehlsgewalt über jemanden/Weisungsbefugnis gegenüber jemandem haben

be over somebody — (in rank) über jemandem stehen

8) (beyond, more than) über (+ Akk.)

an increase over last year's total — eine Zunahme gegenüber der letztjährigen Gesamtmenge

it's been over a month since... — es ist über einen Monat her, dass...

over and above — zusätzlich zu

9) (in comparison with)

a decrease over last year — eine Abnahme gegenüber dem letzten Jahr

10) (out and down from etc.) über (+ Akk.)

look over a wall — über eine Mauer sehen

the window looks over the street — das Fenster geht zur Straße hinaus

fall over a cliff — von einem Felsen stürzen

11) (across) über (+ Akk.)

the pub over the road — die Wirtschaft auf der anderen Straßenseite od. gegenüber

climb over the wall — über die Mauer steigen od. klettern

be over the worst — das Schlimmste hinter sich (Dat.) od. überstanden haben

be over an illness — eine Krankheit überstanden haben

12) (throughout, during) über (+ Akk.)

stay over Christmas/the weekend/Wednesday — über Weihnachten/das Wochenende/bis Donnerstag bleiben

over the summer — den Sommer über

over the past years — in den letzten Jahren

* * *

adj.

aus adj.

vorbei adj.

übermäßig adj. prep.

hinüber präp.

über präp.

English-german dictionary > over
3 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
4 ऊर्ध्व _ūrdhva

ऊर्ध्व a. Erect, upright, above; ˚केश &c.; rising or tending upwards.

-2 Raised, elevated, erected; हस्तः, ˚पादः &c.

-3 High, superior, upper.

-4 Not sitting (opp. आसीन).

-5 Torn (as hair).

-6 Thrown up.

-र्ध्वम् Elevation, height.

-र्ध्वम् -ind.

1 Upwards, aloft, above. अधश्चोर्ध्वं च प्रसृतम् Muṇḍ. Up.2.2.11; अधश्चोर्ध्वं प्रसृतास्तस्य शाखाः Bg.15.1.

-2 In the sequel (= उपरिष्टात्).

-3 In a high tone, aloud.

-4 Afterwards, subsequent to (with abl.); शरीरभेदादूर्ध्वमुत्क्रम्य पुनः Ait. Up.4.6. ते त्र्यहादूर्ध्वमाख्याय Ku.6.93; ऊर्ध्वं संवत्सरात् Ms.9.77; Y.1.53; R.14.66; Bk.18.36; पितुरूर्ध्वम् Ms.9.14 after the father's death; अत ऊर्ध्वम् hence forward, hereafter.

-Comp. -अङ्गुलि a. with uplifted finger.

- अयन a. going upwards. (

-नम्) motion above.

-आवर्तः rearing of a horse.

-आसितः the plant Momordica Charantia (कारवेल्ल; Mar. कारलें)

-ईहः motion or tendency upwards.

-कच, -केश a.

1 having the hair erect.

-2 one whose hair is torn.

-कचः 1 The descending node.

-2 N. of Ketu.

-केशी N. of a goddess; ऊर्ध्वकेशी विरूपाक्षी मांसशोणितभोजने Sandhyā.

-कण्ठ a. with the neck upraised. (

-ण्ठी) N. of a plant (महाशतावरी).

-कर्ण a. with the ears pricked up or erect; निभृतोर्ध्वकर्णाः Ś.1.8.

-कर्मन् n.

-क्रिया 1 motion upwards.

-2 action for attaining a high place. -m. N. of Viṣṇu.

-कायः, -यम् the upper part of the body.

-कृशन a. having the sharp qualities stirred up (Soma) efferves- cing (?); अयं बिभर्त्यूर्ध्वकृशनं मदम् Rv.1.144.2.

-ग, -गामिन् a.

1 going upwards, ascended, rising; भुवा सहोष्माणममुञ्चदूर्ध्वगम् Ku.5.23.

-2 being on high.

-3 virtuous, pious.

(-गः) 1 a kind of disease.

-2 N. of of Viṣṇu; ˚पुरम् the city of Hariśchandra.

-गत a. gone up, risen, ascended.

-गति a. going upwards. (

-तिः f.)

-गमः, -गमनम् 1 ascent, elevation.

-2 going to heaven.

-3 going above (as life).

-4 Fire.

-चरण, -पाद a. having the feet upwards.

(-णः) 1 A kind of ascetic or devotee.

-2 a fabulous animal called Śarabha. (

-पादम्) A kind of dance; Dk.2.8.

-चित् a. Ved. collecting, piling or heaping up.

-जानु, -ज्ञ, -ज्ञु a. [ऊर्ध्वमुच्चं जानु यस्य]

1 raising the knees, sitting on the hams; क्षणमयमनुभूय स्वप्नमूर्ध्वज्ञुरेव Śi.11.11.

-2 long-shanked.

-तालः A kind of time (ताल in music).

-तिलकिन् a. having a sectarian mark on the forehead.

-दंष्ट्र (ष्ट्रा) केश N. of Śiva (whose teeth and hair are erect).

-दृश् m. A Crab.

-दृष्टि, -नेत्र a.

1 looking upwards.

-2 (fig.) aspiring, ambitious. (

-ष्टिः f.) concentrating the sight on the spot between the eyebrows (in Yoga Phil.)

-द्वारम् The gate opening into heaven.

-देवः a superior deity, i. e. Viṣṇu.

-देहः a funeral ceremony; ˚निमित्तार्थमहं दातुं जला- ञ्जलिम् Rām.

-नभस् a. being above in the clouds.

-पथः the upper region, the ether.

-पातनम् causing to ascend, sublimation (as of mercury),

-पात्रम् a sacrificial vessel; सौवर्णराजताब्जानामूर्ध्वपात्रग्रहाश्मनाम् Y.1.182.

-पुण्ड्रः, -ण्ड्रकः a perpendicular sign of sandal on the forehead of a Brāhmaṇa.

-पूरम् ind. full to the brim, full to overflowing; ˚रं पूर्यते Sk.

-पृश्नि a. Ved. spotted above. (

-श्निः) a sacrificial beast.

-प्रमाणम् Height altitude.

-बर्हिस् a. Ved. being above the sacrificial grass. -m. a kind of manes called सोमप.

-बाहुः a devotee who constantly holds his arms above his head till they are fixed in that position. ऊर्ध्वबाहुर्विरौम्येष न च कश्चित् शृणोति माम् Mb.

-बुध्न a. Ved. upside- down, topsy-turvy; अर्वाग्विलश्चमस ऊर्ध्वबुध्नः Bṛi. Up. 2.2.3.

-भागः 1 the upper part.

-2 any part of a word coming after another part.

-भाज् a.

1 being upwards.

-2 enjoying the upper part. (-m.) the submarine fire.

-मन्थिन् a. living in perpetual chastity, a Brahmachārin; वाताशना य ऋषयः श्रमणा ऊर्ध्व- मन्थिनः Bhāg.11.6.48.

-मानम् an instrument for measuring altitudes; ऊर्ध्वमानं किलोन्मानं परिमाणं तु सर्वतः Mbh. on P.V.1.19.

-मायु a. sending forth a loud noise.

-मारुतम् pressure of the wind (of the body) upwards.

-मुख a. having the mouth or opening upwards; cast or directed upwards; प्रबोधयत्यूर्ध्वमुखैर्मुयूखैः Ku.1.16; R.3.57. (

-खम्) the upper part of the mouth.

-मूल a. having the roots upwards. ऊर्ध्वमूलमधः शाखमश्वत्थं प्राहुरव्यम् । छन्दांसि यस्य पर्णानि यस्तं वेद स वेदवित् ॥ Bg.15.1.9.

-मौहूर्तिक a. happening after a short time.

-रेत, -रेतस् a. [ऊर्ध्वमूर्ध्वगं नाधः पतत् रेतो यस्य] one who lives in perpetual celibacy or abstains from sexual inter- course; यतीनामूर्ध्वरेतसाम् Mb.3.233.44. (-m.)

1 N. of Śiva.

-2 Bhīṣma.

-लिङ्गः, -लिङ्गिन् N. of Śiva. (Having the membrum virile above, i. e. chaste)

-लोकः the upper world, heaven.

-वक्त्रः (pl.) N. of a class of deities.

-वर्त्मन् m. the atmosphere.

-वातः, -वायुः the wind in the upper part of the body (उदान).

-वालम् Yak-tail (चमरीपुच्छ); परिधायोर्ध्ववालं तु Mb.12.165.72.

-वृत a. put on above, put over the head or shoulder (as the sacred thread of a Brāhmaṇa); कार्पासमुपवीतं स्याद्विप्रस्योर्ध्ववृतं त्रिवृत् Ms.2.44.

-शायिन् a. sleeping with the face upwards (as a child). (-m.) N. of Śiva.

-शोधनम् vomiting.

-शोधनः Soap-nut tree and fruit, Sapindus Emarginatus (Mar. रिठा).

-शोषम् ind. so as to dry (anything) above; यद्वोर्ध्वशोषं तृणवद् विशुल्कः Bk.3.14.

-श्वासः expiration; a kind of asthma.

-सानु a. rising higher and higher; surpassing; कनिक्रदत् पतयदूर्ध्वसानुः Rv.1.152.5. (-m., -n.) the top of a mountain.

-स्थ a. being above, superior.

-स्थितिः f.

1 the rearing of a horse.

-2 a horse's back.

-3 eleva- tion, superiority.

-स्रोतस् m.

1 an ascetic who abstains from sexual intercourse; cf. ऊर्ध्वरेतस्.

-2 N. of a creation of beings whose stream of life or current of nutriment tends upwards.

-3 a plant.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > ऊर्ध्व _ūrdhva
5 AF

of

* * *

prep. w. dat.

I. Of place:

1) off, from;

G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;

ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;

Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;

Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;

hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;

Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;

tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;

bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;

land af landi, from one land to the other;

hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;

vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;

muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;

rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;

vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;

lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;

vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;

2) out of;

verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;

gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;

Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.

Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.

II. Of time; past, beyond:

af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;

ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;

þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;

var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.

III. In various other relations:

1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;

hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;

vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;

féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;

þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;

þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;

ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;

2) off, of;

höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;

vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;

þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;

absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;

fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;

3) of, among;

hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;

4) with;

hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;

fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;

5) of (= ór which is more frequent);

húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;

6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;

hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;

7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;

ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;

kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;

8) by, of (after passive);

ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;

ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;

9) on account of, by reason of, by;

úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;

ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;

af ástæld hans, by his popularity;

af því, therefore;

af hví, wherefor why;

af því at, because;

10) by means of, by;

framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;

af sínu fé, by one’s own means;

absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;

11) with adjectives, in regard to;

mildr af fé, liberal of money;

góðr af griðum, merciful;

fastr af drykk, close (stingy) in regard to drink;

12) used absol. with a verb, off away;

hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;

ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;

sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.

* * *

prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.

A. Loc.

I. With motion, off, from:

1. prop. corresp. to á,

α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.

β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.

γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.

δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.

ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.

ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).

2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).

II. WITHOUT MOTION:

1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.

2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.

β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.

γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.

3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.

β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.

4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.

B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:

1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.

2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.

3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.

C. In various other relations:

I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.

1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.

2. where an object is taken by force:

α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.

β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.

γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.

3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.

β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.

II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.

β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.

γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.

2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.

β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.

γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.

δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.

3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.

III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.

2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.

IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:

1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.

β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.

2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.

β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.

V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:

1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.

2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.

VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:

1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.

β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.

2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.

β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.

3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.

4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.

5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.

VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:

1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.

β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.

2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.

VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.

IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.

β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;

γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.

δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.

X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.

2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.

XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).

D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:

I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.

II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF
6 ofan

adv.

1) from above, down, downwards;

falla ofan, to fall down;

taka ofan húsin, to pull down the house;

2) on the uppermost part, at the top (klettrinn var víðr ofan);

3) above the surface of, with gen. (ofan jarðar);

4) with preps.:

ofan af, down from (ofan af landi);

ofan á or ofan, down upon (leggr Refr á hann ofan aptr klæðin, ok þar leggst Álfdís ofan á klæðin);

besides (á þetta ofan allt gerði hann suðr at oss þrettán skútur);

þola hverja skömm á aðra ofan, to bear one disgrace after another;

ofan á or á ofan, to boot, into the bargain, = þar á ofan;

ofan eptir, down along (reið hann þá ofan eptir dal);

ofan frá, below (var verkr í enni hœgri kinn ofan frá auganu);

ofan fyrir, down over (hann féll dauðr ofan fyrir klettinn);

fyrir ofan, above (arfasáta, er hér stendr fyrir ofan húsin);

steinveggr var fyrir ofan, above, higher up.

* * *

adv., the mod. Faroe dialect has oman, [Goth. obana; A. S. ofan; Germ. oben]:—from above, down, downwards.; falla ofan, to fall down, 623. 24, Eg. 240: taka ofan hús, to pull down, 100; fóru ofan þangat, Nj. 68; hann klauf ofan allan skjöldinn … reist ofan allan fótum, from top to bottom, 246; hann hjó frá ofan höndina, separated, cut off the hand, 160: metaph., telja e-t ofan, to ‘talk down,’ dissuade, Fms. xi. 11; taka ofan, to uncover the head.

II. with prepp. denoting motion from above; ofan af landi, Eg. 32; ofan af himnum, down from heaven; ofan til skipa, 244; ofan eptir dal, ofan eptir eyrum; hann féll ofan fyrir klettinn, he fell down over the rock, Fær. 31; ofan fyrir bjargið, ganga ofan í fen, to sink, plunge into the fen, Nj. 21; veit þá heldr fyrir ofan, it sloped downwards, Fær. 40.; detta ofan í, to sink down into the mire, of cattle; þeir riðu ofan í Skaptártungu, Nj. 261; ofan í fjöru, ofan í dalinn, ofan í gröfina, etc.; ofan á herðar, mitt læri, ofan á belti, 2; ór himni ofan, down from heaven, Clem. 21; ofan frá merkjá, Eg. 100; hann lét (the garment) falla ofan um sik … sem klæðit hrundi ofan um hann, Orkn. 182; ofan um ís, down through the ice.

2. without motion; ofan á, upon, Lat. super; stendr hann þar á ofan, Ó. H. 108; liggja ofan á, leggjask ofan á, setja, láta ofan á e-t, etc.; ríða ofan á milli, to sit between the packs of a pack-horse; leggja ofan yfir, to cover over, Fas. i. 377.

III. the uppermost part; viðr ofan, large at the top, Fær. 29.

IV. adverbial, á ofan, over and above, to boot, into the bargain, Grett. 94, Fms. ii. 42: á þat ofan, Bs. i. 71; fyrir þat ofan, besides, Grág. i. 428: fyrir ofan, with acc.; fyrir ofan hús, Nj. 199; fyrir ofan kné, 28; fyrir ofan sjó, Fms. iv. 354; steinveggr var fyrir ofan, above, higher up, Orkn. 310; fyrir ofan ok neðan.

V. with gen. above the surface of; ofan jarðar, above earth, alive; ofan sjóar, afloat.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ofan
7 ἄνω

ἄνω (A), imper.

A ἀνέτω S.Ichn.70
, inf. ἄνειν Pl.Cra. 415a
, part. ἄνων, [tense] impf. ἦνον, etc. (v. infr.): [tense] aor. ἤνεσα IG7.3226
(Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.), Hymn.Is.35, prob. in AP7.701.1 (Diod.) ( ἤνεσ' codd.):— = ἀνύω, ἀνύτω, accomplish, finish, ἦνον ὁδόν Od.3.496
; οὔτ' ἄν τι θύων οὔτ' ἐπισπένδων ἄνοις A.Fr. 161
(Dobree, cf. AB406); ἀλλ' οὐδὲν ἦνεν E.Andr. 1132
; ἦ τὸ δέον.. ἤνομεν; S.Ichn.98
; ταῦτα πρὸς ἀνδρός ἐστ' ἄνοντος εἰς σωτηρίαν (cf. ἀνύω 1.6
) Ar.V. 369; ἀρυσσάμενοι ποτὸν ἤνομεν AP 11.64
(Agath.).

II [voice] Pass., come to an end, be finished, mostly of a period of time, μάλα γὰρ νὺξ ἄνεται night is quickly drawing to a close, Il.10.251; ἔτος ἀνόμενον the waning year, Hdt.7.20; ἦμαρ ἀνόμενον A.R.2.494
; ἀνομένου τοῦ μηνός SIG577.30
(Milet., iii/ii B.C.); also ὅππως.. ἔργον ἄνοιτο Il.18.473
; ἤνετο τὸ ἔργον Hdt.1.189
, 8.71; ἀνομένων βημάτων A.Ch. 799
; ὁπόταν θήρης.. ἔργον ἄνηται Opp.H.5.442
: impers., λιταῖς ἄνεται, = λιταὶ ἀνύονται, Pi.O.8.8. [[pron. full] ᾱ Hom., exc. Il.18.473: afterwds. common, cf. A. l.c., Opp.H. l.c. Orig. ἄνϝω, cf. ἀνύω.]

------------------------------------

ἄνω (B), [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὄνω, Adv., ([etym.] ἀνά):

I with Verbs implying Motion, upwards, ἄ. ὤθεσκε ποτὶ λόφον Od.11.596
; ἄ. ἀπὸ θαλάσσης ἀναπλεῖν up stream, Hdt.2.155; ἄ. ποταμῶν χωροῦσι παγαί E.Med. 410
(lyr.), hence "ἄ. ποταμῶν", proverbial, D.19.287, etc.; κόνις δ' ἄ. φορεῖτο S. El. 714
; κονιορτὸς ἄ. ἐχώρει Th.4.34
; ἡ ἄ. ὁδός the upward road, Pl. R. 621c; ἄ. ἰόντι going up the country (i.e. inland, v. infr. 11.1f), Hdt.2.8; ἄ. κάτω, v. infr. 11.2; πέμπειν ἄ., i.e. from the nether world, A.Pers. 645 (lyr.), cf. Ch. 147; σύριγγες ἄ. φυσῶσιμέλαν μένος S. Aj. 1412
(lyr.).

II with Verbsimplying Rest, aloft, on high, ib. 240, etc.; τὸ ἄ. Pl.Phdr. 248a
, etc.

b on earth, opp. the world below, νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄ. S.OT 416
; ἡνίκ' ἦσθ' ἄ. Id.El. 1167
; ἄ. βλέπειν Id.Ph. 1348
; ἄ. ἐπὶ [τῆς] γῆς Pl.Phd. 109c
; οἱ ἄ. the living, opp. οἱ κάτω the dead, S.Ant. 1068, cf. Ph. 1348, etc.; τὰ ἄ. πράγματα the world above, Luc.Cont.1.

c in heaven, opp. earth, οἱ ἄ. θεοί the gods above, S.Ant. 1072; κῆρυξ τῶν ἄ. τε καὶ κάτω A.Ch. 124
: esp. in NT, ἐκ τῶν ἄ. εἰμί Ev.Jo.8.23
; ἡ ἄ. Ἱερουσαλήμ Ep.Gal.4.26
; ἡ ἄ. κλῆσις Ep.Phil.3.14
.

d generally, of relative position, ὁ δῆμος ἄ. καθῆτο in the upper quarter of the city, i.e. the Pnyx, D.18.169; ἡ ἄ. βουλή, i.e. the Areopagus, Plu.Sol.19; βαλλόμενοι ὑπὸ τῶν ἄ. by those above on the roofs, Th.4.48; τὰ ἄ. X.An.4.3.25
; τὰ ἄ. τῆς οἰκίας, opp. θεμέλια, Id.Eq.1.2; οἱ ἄ. τόποι OGI111.17
.

e geographically, on the upper side, i.e. on the north, ἄ. πρὸς βορέην Hdt.1.72
; οὔτε τὰ ἄ. χωρία οὔτε τὰ κάτω [οὔτε τὰ πρὸς τὴν ἠῶ οὔτε τὰ πρὸς τὴν ἑσπέρην] Id.1.142; ὁ ἄ. τόπος Pl.R. 435e
.

f inward from the coast, ἡ ἄ. Ἀσίη Hdt.1.95
; τὰ ἄ. τῆς Ἀσίης ib. 177; ἡ ἄ. ὁδός the upper or inland road, Id.7.128, X.An.3.1.8; ἡ ἄ. πόλις, opp. the Piraeus, Th.2.48; in full, οἱ ἀπὸ θαλάσσης ἄ. ib.83; ἡ ἄ. Μακεδονία Plu.Pyrrh.11
; ὁ ἄ. βασιλεύς the king of the upper country, i.e. of Persia, X.An.7.1.28.

g in the race-course,
τὰ ἄ.
turning-post, Pl.R. 613b
; cf. κάτω.

h in the body, τὰ ἄ. the upper parts, opp. τὸ κάτω, Arist.GA 741b28, al.; ἡ ἄ. κοιλία Id.Mete. 360b23
.

i of Time, formerly, of old, εἰς τὸ ἄ. reckoning upwards or backwards, of generations, Pl.Tht. 175b; οἱ ἄ. men of olden time, Id.Criti. 110b; οἱ ἄ. τοῦ γένους Id.Lg. 878a
; αἱ ἄ. μητρός the mother's lineal ancestors, Id.R. 461c, cf. infr. c; ἐν τοῖς ἄ. χρόνοις D.18.310
.

k above, in referring to a passage, Pl.Grg. 508e; ἐν τοῖς ἄ. λόγοις R. 603d
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1412b33, etc.

1 of tones in the voice, οἱ ἄ. τόνοι Plu.Cic.3
.

m metaph., ἄ. βαίνειν walk proudly, Philostr.VA1.13; ἄ. φρονεῖν Hld.7.23
.

n higher, more general, of κατηγορίαι, Arist.AP0.82a23.

2 ἄ. καὶ κάτω up and down, to and fro, εἷρπ' ἄ. τε καὶ κάτω E.HF 953
; ἄ. καὶ κ. φεύγειν Ar.Ach.21
; ἄ. τε καὶ κ. κυκᾶν Id.Eq. 866
; περιπατεῖν ἄ. κ. Id.Lys. 709
.

b upside-down, topsy-turvy, τὰ μὲν ἄ. κ. θήσω, τὰ δὲ κ. ἄ. Hdt.3.3
; πάντ' ἄ. τε καὶ κ. στρέφων τίθησιν A.Eu. 650
; τρέπουσα τύρβ' ἄ. κ. Id.Fr. 311
, cf. Ar.Av.3; ἄ. κ. συγχεῖν E.Ba. 349
; ἄ. καὶ κ. ποιεῖν τὰ πράγματα D.9.36
; τοὺς νόμους στρέφειν 21.19
; πόλλ' ἄ., τὰ δ' αὖ κ. κυλίνδοντ' ἐλπίδες Pi.O.12.6
;
πολλάκις ἐμαυτὸν ἄ. κ. μετέβαλλον
backwards and forwards, Pl.Phd. 96a
, cf. Prt. 356d.

3 ἄ. ἔχειν τὸ πνεῦμα pant or gasp, Men.23, cf. Sosicr.1.

B as Prep. with gen., above, ἡ ἄ. Ἅλυος Ἀσίη Hdt.1.130
, cf. 103, Call.Jov.24; αἱ ἄ. μητρός (v. supr. 11.1 i); ἄ. τοῦ γόνατος above the knee, Thphr.Char.4.4; ἀπὸ ἄ. τῆς χθονὸς ταύτης LXX 3 Ki.14.15
.

2 with partitive gen., αἰθέρος ἄ. ἑλεῖν dub. in S.Ph. 1092, cf. E.Or. 1542; γῆς ἥκοντ' ἄ. Id.HF 616
; μικρὸν προαγαγὼν ἄ. τῶν πραγμάτων Aeschin.2.34
.

C [comp] Comp. ἀνωτέρω, abs., higher, ἀ. θακῶν.. Ζεύς A.Pr. 314
; ἀ. οὐδὲν τῶν πρηγμάτων προκοπτομένων not getting on any farther, Hdt. 1.190; ἀδελφῷ ἢ πατρὶ ἢ ἔτι ἀ. Pl.Lg. 880b
; οὐ προήϊσαν ἀ. τὸ πρὸς ἑσπέρης Hdt.8.130
.

2 c. gen., ἀ. Σάμου ib. 132; ἀ. γίγνεσθαί τινων X.An.4.2.25
; ἀ. τῶν μαστῶν above them, ib.1.4.17; later ἀνώτερον Plb.1.7.2
, etc.; cf. ἀνώτερος.

II [comp] Sup. ἀνωτάτω, ἐς τοὺς ἀ. (sc. στάντας) Hdt.7.23; ἡ ἀ. κώμη X.An.7.4.11
; ἀνῳκίσανθ' ὅπως ἀ. Ar. Pax 207
; ἡ ἀ. ἄσκησις the highest, Arr.Epict.3.24.84, cf. Ph.1.33, al.; τὰ ἀ. τῶν γενῶν Arist.Metaph. 998b18
, cf. Zeno Stoic.1.51, S.E.P. 1.138; τὰ ἀ. τρία Ph.1.321
; ἡ ἀ. διαίρεσις Ps.-Alex.Aphr. in SE20.27.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἄνω
8 else

adverb

1) (besides, in addition) sonst [noch]

anybody/anything else? — sonst noch jemand/etwas?

don't mention it to anybody else — erwähnen Sie es gegenüber niemandem sonst

somebody/something else — [noch] jemand anders/noch etwas

everybody/everything else — alle anderen/alles andere

nobody else — niemand sonst; sonst niemand

nothing else — sonst od. weiter nichts

that is something else again — das ist wieder etwas anderes

anywhere else? — anderswo? (ugs.); woanders?

not anywhere else — sonst nirgendwo

somewhere else — anderswo (ugs.); woanders

go somewhere else — anderswohin (ugs.) od. woandershin gehen

everywhere else — auch sonst überall

nowhere else — sonst nirgendwo

little else — kaum noch etwas; nur noch wenig

much else — [noch] vieles andere od. mehr

not much else — nicht mehr viel; nur noch wenig

who/what/when/how else? — wer/was/wann/wie sonst noch?

where else? — wo/wohin sonst noch?

2) (instead) ander...

somebody else's hat — der Hut von jemand anders od. jemand anderem (ugs.)

anybody/anything else? — [irgend] jemand anders/etwas anderes?

anyone else but Joe would have realized that — jeder [andere] außer Joe hätte das bemerkt

somebody/something else — jemand anders/etwas anderes

everybody/everything else — alle anderen/alles andere

nobody/nothing else — niemand anders/nichts anderes

there's nothing else for it — es hilft nichts

anywhere else? — anderswo? (ugs.); woanders?

somewhere else — anderswo (ugs.); woanders

go somewhere else — woandershin gehen

his mind was/his thoughts were somewhere else — im Geist/mit seinen Gedanken war er woanders

everywhere else — überall anders; überall sonst

nowhere else — nirgendwo sonst

there's not much else we can do but... — wir können kaum etwas anderes tun, als...

who else [but]? — wer anders [als]?

what else can I do? — was kann ich anderes machen?

why else would I have done it? — warum hätte ich es sonst getan?

where else could we go? — wohin könnten wir statt dessen gehen?

how else would you do it? — wie würden Sie es anders od. sonst machen?

3) (otherwise) sonst; anderenfalls

or else — oder aber

do it or else...! — tun Sie es, sonst...!

do it or else! — (coll.) tu es gefälligst!

* * *
[els]
adjective, adverb

(besides; other than that already mentioned: What else can I do? Can we go anywhere else?; He took someone else's pencil.) andere (-r/-s)

- academic.ru/23825/elsewhere">elsewhere
- or else
* * *

else

[els]

adv inv

1. (other, different)

why \else would he come? warum sollte er denn sonst kommen?

if all \else fails... wenn alle Stricke reißen...

someone [or somebody] \else jemand anders

this must be someone \else's bag die Tasche muss jemand anderem [o jemand anders] gehören

I didn't tell anybody \else ich habe es niemand anders [o niemand anderem] erzählt

anyone \else but her would have left jede andere wäre gegangen

something \else etwas anderes

anything \else would be fine alles andere wäre toll fam

somewhere \else woanders

she doesn't want to live anywhere \else sie will nirgendwo [o nirgends] anders leben

does this exist anywhere \else? gibt es das noch irgendwo anders?

everybody [or everyone] \else alle anderen

everything \else alles andere

everywhere \else überall sonst

nobody [or no one] /nothing \else niemand/nichts anders

nothing \else would do alles andere wäre inakzeptabel

how/what/where/who \else...? wie/was/wo/wer sonst...?

who \else but her could do such a thing? wer außer ihr würde so was machen?

2. (additional) sonst noch

why \else should I stay? warum sollte ich denn sonst noch bleiben?

there's not much \else you could do viel mehr kannst du nicht machen

someone [or somebody] \else sonst noch jemand

I don't want anyone \else but you to come ich will, dass außer dir [sonst] keiner kommt

something \else sonst noch etwas

the police could not detect anything \else die Polizei konnte nichts mehr herausfinden

anything \else, madam? darf es sonst noch etwas sein?

somewhere \else noch woanders

should I look somewhere \else? soll ich noch woanders suchen?

nobody [or no one] /nothing \else sonst niemand [o keiner] /nichts

no, thank you, nothing \else nein danke, das ist alles

there's nothing \else for me to do here es gibt hier nichts mehr für mich zu tun

he just hates me and nothing \else er hasst mich einfach!

if nothing \else, you'll earn a lot of money auf jeden Fall wirst du viel Geld verdienen

what/where/who \else...? was/wo/wer... sonst noch...?

what \else can I do? was kann ich sonst noch tun?

3. (otherwise) sonst, andernfalls

you'd better go now, [or] \else you'll miss the bus du solltest besser gehen, sonst verpasst du noch den Bus

be quiet, or \else! ( fam) sei still, sonst gibt's was!

she's either... or \else... entweder sie ist... oder...

* * *
[els]
adv

1) (after pron) andere(r, s)

anybody else would have done it — jeder andere hätte es gemacht

is there anybody else there? (in addition) — ist sonst (noch) jemand da?

since John doesn't want it, does anybody else want it? — da John es nicht will, will jemand anders es haben?

somebody else —

is there somebody else?, she asked — ist da jemand anders?, fragte sie

I'd prefer something else — ich möchte lieber etwas anderes

I'd prefer anything else — alles andere wäre mir lieber

have you anything else to say? — haben Sie sonst noch etwas zu sagen?

do you find this species anywhere else? — findet man die Gattung sonst wo or auch anderswo?

but they haven't got anywhere else to go — aber sie können sonst nirgends anders hingehen

this is somebody else's umbrella — dieser Schirm gehört jemand anders

something else — etwas anderes, sonst etwas

that car is something else (inf) — das Auto ist einfach Spitze (inf)

if all else fails — wenn alle Stricke reißen

above all else — vor allen Dingen

will there be anything else, sir? (in shop) — darf es sonst noch etwas sein?; (butler) haben Sie sonst noch Wünsche?

everyone/everything else — alle anderen/alles andere

everywhere else — überall sonst

2)

else — woanders, anderswo; (with motion) woandershin, anderswohin

from somewhere else — anderswoher, woandersher, von woanders

3)

(after pron, neg) nobody else, no one else —

nobody else understood — sonst hat es niemand verstanden, niemand anders hat es verstanden

nothing else — sonst nichts, nichts anderes

nothing else would be good enough — alles andere wäre nicht gut genug

what do you want? – nothing else, thank you —

that this is a result of the cold and nothing else — dass dies allein auf die Kälte zurückzuführen ist

if nothing else, you'll enjoy it — auf jeden Fall wird es dir Spaß machen

there's nothing else for it but to... — da gibt es keinen anderen Ausweg, als zu...

nowhere else — sonst nirgends or nirgendwo, nirgendwo anders; (with motion) sonst nirgendwohin, nirgendwo anders hin

there's not much else or there's little else we can do — wir können kaum etwas anderes tun

I can think of little else — ich kann fast an nichts anderes mehr denken

4)

(after interrog) where else? — wo sonst?, wo anders?

who else? — wer sonst?

who else but John could have done a thing like that? — wer anders als John hätte so etwas tun können?

what else? — was sonst?

how else can I do it? — wie kann ich es denn sonst or anders machen?

what else could I have done? — was hätte ich sonst tun können?

5)

(adv of quantity) they sell books and toys and much else (Brit) — sie führen Bücher, Spielzeug und vieles andere

there is little else to be done — da bleibt nicht viel zu tun übrig

6) (= otherwise, if not) sonst, andernfalls

do it now (or) else you'll be punished — tu es jetzt, sonst setzt es Strafe or oder es setzt Strafe

do it or else...! — mach das, sonst or oder...!

he's either a genius or else he's completely mad — er ist entweder ein Genie oder aber völlig verrückt

* * *

else [els] adv

1. (in Fragen und Verneinungen) sonst, weiter, außerdem:

anything else? sonst noch etwas?;

what else can we do? was können wir sonst noch tun?;

no one else, nobody else niemand sonst oder anders;

nothing else sonst nichts;

it is nobody else’s business es geht sonst niemanden etwas an;

where else? wo anders?, wo sonst (noch);

nowhere else sonst nirgends

2. ander(e, e, es):

that’s something else das ist etwas anderes;

everybody else alle anderen oder Übrigen;

somebody ( oder sb) else jemand anderes;

somebody else’s seat der (Sitz)Platz eines anderen

3. meist or else oder, sonst, andernfalls:

hurry, (or) else you will be late beeile dich, oder du kommst zu spät oder sonst kommst du zu spät;

or else! (drohend) oder (es passiert was)!, sonst (passiert was)!

* * *

adverb

1) (besides, in addition) sonst [noch]

anybody/anything else? — sonst noch jemand/etwas?

don't mention it to anybody else — erwähnen Sie es gegenüber niemandem sonst

somebody/something else — [noch] jemand anders/noch etwas

everybody/everything else — alle anderen/alles andere

nobody else — niemand sonst; sonst niemand

nothing else — sonst od. weiter nichts

that is something else again — das ist wieder etwas anderes

anywhere else? — anderswo? (ugs.); woanders?

not anywhere else — sonst nirgendwo

somewhere else — anderswo (ugs.); woanders

go somewhere else — anderswohin (ugs.) od. woandershin gehen

everywhere else — auch sonst überall

nowhere else — sonst nirgendwo

little else — kaum noch etwas; nur noch wenig

much else — [noch] vieles andere od. mehr

not much else — nicht mehr viel; nur noch wenig

who/what/when/how else? — wer/was/wann/wie sonst noch?

where else? — wo/wohin sonst noch?

2) (instead) ander...

somebody else's hat — der Hut von jemand anders od. jemand anderem (ugs.)

anybody/anything else? — [irgend] jemand anders/etwas anderes?

anyone else but Joe would have realized that — jeder [andere] außer Joe hätte das bemerkt

somebody/something else — jemand anders/etwas anderes

everybody/everything else — alle anderen/alles andere

nobody/nothing else — niemand anders/nichts anderes

there's nothing else for it — es hilft nichts

anywhere else? — anderswo? (ugs.); woanders?

somewhere else — anderswo (ugs.); woanders

go somewhere else — woandershin gehen

his mind was/his thoughts were somewhere else — im Geist/mit seinen Gedanken war er woanders

everywhere else — überall anders; überall sonst

nowhere else — nirgendwo sonst

there's not much else we can do but... — wir können kaum etwas anderes tun, als...

who else [but]? — wer anders [als]?

what else can I do? — was kann ich anderes machen?

why else would I have done it? — warum hätte ich es sonst getan?

where else could we go? — wohin könnten wir statt dessen gehen?

how else would you do it? — wie würden Sie es anders od. sonst machen?

3) (otherwise) sonst; anderenfalls

or else — oder aber

do it or else...! — tun Sie es, sonst...!

do it or else! — (coll.) tu es gefälligst!

* * *

adv.

anderenfalls adv.

andernfalls adv.

anders adv.

sonst adv.

sonst noch adv.

English-german dictionary > else
9 come

come [kʌm]

venir ⇒ 1 (a)-(d) se produire ⇒ 1 (e) exister ⇒ 1 (h) devenir ⇒ 1 (i) en venir à ⇒ 1 (j)

(pt came [keɪm], pp come [kʌm])

1 intransitive verb

(a) (move in direction of speaker) venir;

∎ she won't come when she's called elle ne vient pas quand on l'appelle;

∎ here come the children voici les enfants qui arrivent;

∎ here he comes! le voilà qui arrive!;

∎ it's stuck - ah, no, it's coming! c'est coincé - ah, non, ça vient!;

∎ coming! j'arrive!;

∎ come here! venez ici!; (to dog) au pied!;

∎ come to the office tomorrow passez ou venez au bureau demain;

∎ he came to me for advice il est venu me demander conseil;

∎ you've come to the wrong person vous vous adressez à la mauvaise personne;

∎ you've come to the wrong place vous vous êtes trompé de chemin, vous faites fausse route;

∎ if you're looking for sun, you've come to the wrong place si c'est le soleil que vous cherchez, il ne fallait pas venir ici;

∎ come with me (accompany) venez avec moi, accompagnez-moi; (follow) suivez-moi;

∎ please come this way par ici ou suivez-moi s'il vous plaît;

∎ I come this way every week je passe par ici toutes les semaines;

∎ American come and look, come look venez voir;

∎ familiar come and get it! à la soupe!;

∎ he came whistling up the stairs il a monté l'escalier en sifflant;

∎ a car came hurtling round the corner une voiture a pris le virage à toute vitesse;

∎ to come and go (gen) aller et venir; figurative (pains, cramps etc) être intermittent;

∎ people are constantly coming and going il y a un va-et-vient continuel;

∎ fashions come and go la mode change tout le temps;

∎ after many years had come and gone après bien des années;

∎ familiar I don't know whether I'm coming or going je ne sais pas où j'en suis;

∎ you have come a long way vous êtes venu de loin; figurative (made progress) vous avez fait du chemin;

∎ the computer industry has come a very long way since then l'informatique a fait énormément de progrès depuis ce temps-là;

∎ also figurative to come running arriver en courant;

∎ we could see him coming a mile off on l'a vu venir avec ses gros sabots;

∎ figurative you could see it coming on l'a vu venir de loin, c'était prévisible;

∎ proverb everything comes to him who waits tout vient à point à qui sait attendre

(b) (as guest, visitor) venir;

∎ can you come to my party on Saturday night? est-ce que tu peux venir à ma soirée samedi?;

∎ I'm sorry, I can't come (je suis) désolé, je ne peux pas venir;

∎ would you like to come for lunch/dinner? voulez-vous venir déjeuner/dîner?;

∎ I can only come for an hour or so je ne pourrai venir que pour une heure environ;

∎ come for a ride in the car viens faire un tour en voiture;

∎ she's come for her money elle est venue prendre son argent;

∎ I've got people coming (short stay) j'ai des invités; (long stay) il y a des gens qui viennent;

∎ Angela came and we had a chat Angela est venue et on a bavardé;

∎ they came for a week and stayed a month ils sont venus pour une semaine et ils sont restés un mois;

∎ he couldn't have come at a worse time il n'aurait pas pu tomber plus mal

(c) (arrive) venir, arriver;

∎ to come in time/late arriver à temps/en retard;

∎ I've just come from the post office j'arrive de la poste à l'instant;

∎ we came to a small town nous sommes arrivés dans une petite ville;

∎ the time has come to tell the truth le moment est venu de dire la vérité;

∎ to come to the end of sth arriver à la fin de qch;

∎ I was coming to the end of my stay mon séjour touchait à sa fin;

∎ there will come a point when… il viendra un moment où…;

∎ when you come to the last coat of paint… quand tu en seras à la dernière couche de peinture…;

∎ (reach) her hair comes (down) to her waist ses cheveux lui arrivent à la taille;

∎ the mud came (up) to our knees la boue nous arrivait ou venait (jusqu') aux genoux

(d) (occupy specific place, position) venir, se trouver;

∎ the address comes above the date l'adresse se met au-dessus de la date;

∎ my birthday comes before yours mon anniversaire vient avant ou précède le tien;

∎ a colonel comes before a lieutenant un colonel a la préséance sur un lieutenant;

∎ Friday comes after Thursday vendredi vient après ou suit jeudi;

∎ that speech comes in Act 3/on page 10 on trouve ce discours dans l'acte 3/à la page 10;

∎ the fireworks come next le feu d'artifice est après;

∎ what comes after the performance? qu'est-ce qu'il y a après la représentation?

(e) (occur, happen) arriver, se produire;

∎ when my turn comes, when it comes to my turn quand ce sera (à) mon tour, quand mon tour viendra;

∎ such an opportunity only comes once in your life une telle occasion ne se présente qu'une fois dans la vie;

∎ he has a birthday coming son anniversaire approche;

∎ there's a storm coming un orage se prépare;

∎ success was a long time coming la réussite s'est fait attendre;

∎ take life as it comes prenez la vie comme elle vient;

∎ Christmas comes but once a year il n'y a qu'un Noël par an;

∎ Bible it came to pass that… il advint que…;

∎ come what may advienne que pourra, quoi qu'il arrive ou advienne

(f) (occur to the mind)

∎ the idea just came to me one day l'idée m'est soudain venue un jour;

∎ suddenly it came to me (I remembered) tout d'un coup, je m'en suis souvenu; (I had an idea) tout d'un coup, j'ai eu une idée;

∎ I said the first thing that came into my head or that came to mind j'ai dit la première chose qui m'est venue à l'esprit;

∎ the answer came to her elle a trouvé la réponse

(g) (be experienced in a specified way)

∎ writing comes naturally to her écrire lui est facile, elle est douée pour l'écriture;

∎ a house doesn't come cheap une maison coûte ou revient cher;

∎ the news came as a shock to her la nouvelle lui a fait un choc;

∎ her visit came as a surprise sa visite nous a beaucoup surpris;

∎ it comes as no surprise to learn he's gone (le fait) qu'il soit parti n'a rien de surprenant;

∎ he's as silly as they come il est sot comme pas un;

∎ they don't come any tougher than Big Al on ne fait pas plus fort que Big Al;

∎ it'll all come right in the end tout cela va finir par s'arranger;

∎ the harder they come the harder they fall plus dure sera la chute

(h) (be available) exister;

∎ this table comes in two sizes cette table existe ou se fait en deux dimensions;

∎ the dictionary comes with a magnifying glass le dictionnaire est livré avec une loupe

(i) (become) devenir;

∎ it was a dream come true c'était un rêve devenu réalité;

∎ to come unhooked se décrocher;

∎ to come unravelled se défaire;

∎ the buttons on my coat keep coming undone mon manteau se déboutonne toujours

(j) (+ infinitive) (indicating gradual action) en venir à, finir par; (indicating chance) arriver;

∎ she came to trust him elle en est venue à ou elle a fini par lui faire confiance;

∎ we have come to expect this kind of thing nous nous attendons à ce genre de chose maintenant;

∎ how did you come to lose your umbrella? comment as-tu fait pour perdre ton parapluie?;

∎ how did the door come to be open? comment se fait-il que la porte soit ouverte?;

∎ (now that I) come to think of it maintenant que j'y songe, réflexion faite;

∎ it's not much money when you come to think of it ce n'est pas beaucoup d'argent quand vous y réfléchissez

(k) (be owing, payable)

∎ I still have £5 coming (to me) on me doit encore 5 livres;

∎ there'll be money coming from her uncle's will elle va toucher l'argent du testament de son oncle;

∎ he got all the credit coming to him il a eu tous les honneurs qu'il méritait;

∎ familiar you'll get what's coming to you tu l'auras cherché ou voulu;

∎ familiar he had it coming (to him) il ne l'a pas volé

(l) (appear)

∎ a smile came to her lips un sourire parut sur ses lèvres ou lui vint aux lèvres

(m) very familiar (have orgasm) jouir

(n) (idioms)

∎ how come? comment ça?;

∎ familiar come again? quoi?;

∎ American how's it coming? comment ça va?;

∎ come to that à propos, au fait;

∎ I haven't seen her in weeks, or her husband, come to that ça fait des semaines que je ne l'ai pas vue, son mari non plus d'ailleurs;

∎ if it comes to that, I'd rather stay home à ce moment-là ou à ce compte-là, je préfère rester à la maison;

∎ don't come the fine lady with me! ne fais pas la grande dame ou ne joue pas à la grande dame avec moi!;

∎ don't come the innocent! ne fais pas l'innocent!;

∎ British familiar you're coming it a bit strong! tu y vas un peu fort!;

∎ British familiar don't come it with me! (try to impress) n'essaie pas de m'en mettre plein la vue!; (lord it over) pas la peine d'être si hautain avec moi!;

∎ the days to come les prochains jours, les jours qui viennent;

∎ the battle to come la bataille qui va avoir lieu;

∎ Religion the life to come l'autre vie;

∎ in times to come à l'avenir;

∎ for some time to come pendant quelque temps;

∎ that will not be for some time to come ce ne sera pas avant quelque temps

2 preposition

∎ (by) come tomorrow/Tuesday you'll feel better vous vous sentirez mieux demain/mardi;

∎ I'll have been here two years come April ça fera deux ans en avril que je suis là;

∎ come the revolution you'll all be out of a job avec la révolution, vous vous retrouverez tous au chômage

3 exclamation

∎ come, come!, come now! allons!, voyons!

4 noun

vulgar (semen) foutre m

➲ come about intransitive verb

(a) (occur) arriver, se produire;

∎ it came about that… il arriva ou il advint que…;

∎ how could such a mistake come about? comment une telle erreur a-t-elle pu se produire?;

∎ the discovery of penicillin came about quite by accident la pénicilline a été découverte tout à fait par hasard

(b) Nautical (wind) tourner, changer de direction; (ship) virer de bord

➲ come across

1 intransitive verb

(a) (walk, travel across → field, street) traverser;

∎ as we stood talking she came across to join us pendant que nous discutions, elle est venue se joindre à nous

(b) (create specified impression)

∎ to come across well/badly (at interview) faire une bonne/mauvaise impression, bien/mal passer; (on TV) bien/mal passer;

∎ he never comes across as well on film as in the theatre il passe mieux au théâtre qu'à l'écran;

∎ he came across as a total idiot il donnait l'impression d'être complètement idiot

(c) (be communicated effectively)

∎ the author's message comes across well le message de l'auteur passe bien;

∎ her disdain for his work came across le mépris qu'elle avait pour son travail transparaissait

(d) familiar (do as promised) s'exécuter^□, tenir parole^□

2 inseparable transitive verb

(person) rencontrer par hasard, tomber sur; (thing) trouver par hasard, tomber sur;

∎ we came across an interesting problem on a été confrontés à ou on est tombés sur un problème intéressant;

∎ she reads everything she comes across elle lit tout ce qui lui tombe sous la main

➲ come across with inseparable transitive verb

familiar (give → information) donner^□, fournir^□ ; (→ help) offrir^□ ; (→ money) raquer, se fendre de;

∎ he came across with the money he owed me il m'a filé le fric qu'il me devait;

∎ the crook came across with the names of his accomplices l'escroc a vendu ses complices

➲ come after inseparable transitive verb

(pursue) poursuivre;

∎ he came after me with a stick il m'a poursuivi avec un bâton

➲ come along intransitive verb

(a) (encouraging, urging)

∎ come along, drink your medicine! allez, prends ou bois ton médicament!;

∎ come along, we're late! dépêche-toi, nous sommes en retard!

(b) (accompany) venir, accompagner;

∎ she asked me to come along (with them) elle m'a invité à aller avec eux ou à les accompagner

(c) (occur, happen) arriver, se présenter;

∎ an opportunity like this doesn't come along often une telle occasion ne se présente pas souvent;

∎ don't accept the first job that comes along ne prenez pas le premier travail qui se présente;

∎ he married the first woman that came along il a épousé la première venue

(d) (progress) avancer, faire des progrès; (grow) pousser;

∎ the patient is coming along well le patient se remet bien;

∎ the work isn't coming along as expected le travail n'avance pas comme prévu;

∎ how's your computer class coming along? comment va ton cours d'informatique?

➲ come apart intransitive verb

(object → come to pieces) se démonter; (→ break) se casser; (project, policy) échouer;

∎ to come apart at the seams (garment) se défaire aux coutures;

∎ the book came apart in my hands le livre est tombé en morceaux quand je l'ai pris;

∎ figurative under pressure he came apart sous la pression il a craqué

➲ come around = come round

➲ come at inseparable transitive verb

(attack) attaquer, se jeter sur;

∎ he came at me with a knife il s'est jeté sur moi avec un couteau;

∎ figurative questions came at me from all sides j'ai été assailli de questions

➲ come away intransitive verb

(a) (leave) partir, s'en aller;

∎ come away from that door! écartez-vous de cette porte!;

∎ I came away with the distinct impression that all was not well je suis reparti avec la forte impression que quelque chose n'allait pas;

∎ he asked her to come away with him (elope) il lui a demandé de s'enfuir avec lui; British (go on holiday) il lui a demandé de partir avec lui

(b) (separate) partir, se détacher;

∎ the page came away in my hands la page m'est restée dans les mains

➲ come back intransitive verb

(a) (return) revenir;

∎ he came back with me il est revenu avec moi;

∎ to come back home rentrer (à la maison);

∎ figurative the colour came back to her cheeks elle reprit des couleurs;

∎ we'll come back to that question later nous reviendrons à cette question plus tard;

∎ to come back to what we were saying pour en revenir à ce que nous disions

(b) (to memory)

∎ it's all coming back to me tout cela me revient (à l'esprit ou à la mémoire);

∎ her name will come back to me later son nom me reviendra plus tard

(c) (reply) répondre; American (retort) rétorquer, répliquer;

∎ they came back with an argument in favour of the project ils ont répondu par un argument en faveur du projet

(d) (recover) remonter;

∎ he came back strongly in the second set il a bien remonté au deuxième set;

∎ they came back from 3-0 down ils ont remonté de 3 à 0

(e) (become fashionable again) revenir à la mode; (make comeback) faire un come-back

➲ come before inseparable transitive verb

Law (of person) comparaître devant; (of case) être entendu par

➲ come between inseparable transitive verb

brouiller, éloigner;

∎ he came between her and her friend il l'a brouillée avec son amie, il l'a éloignée de son amie;

∎ we mustn't let a small disagreement come between us nous n'allons pas nous disputer à cause d'un petit malentendu

➲ come by

1 intransitive verb

(stop by) passer, venir

2 inseparable transitive verb

(acquire → work, money) obtenir, se procurer; (→ idea) se faire;

∎ jobs are hard to come by il est difficile de trouver du travail;

∎ how did you come by this camera/those bruises? comment as-tu fait pour avoir cet appareil-photo/ces bleus?;

∎ how did she come by all that money? comment s'est-elle procuré tout cet argent?;

∎ how on earth did he come by that idea? où est-il allé chercher cette idée?

➲ come down

1 inseparable transitive verb

(descend → ladder, stairs) descendre; (→ mountain) descendre, faire la descente de

2 intransitive verb

(a) (descend → from ladder, stairs) descendre; (→ from mountain etc) descendre, faire la descente; (plane → crash) s'écraser; (→ land) atterrir;

∎ to come down to breakfast descendre déjeuner ou prendre le petit déjeuner;

∎ come down from that tree! descends de cet arbre!;

∎ they came down to Paris ils sont descendus à Paris;

∎ hem-lines are coming down this year les jupes rallongent cette année;

∎ he's come down in the world il a déchu;

∎ you'd better come down to earth tu ferais bien de revenir sur terre ou de descendre des nues

(b) (fall) tomber;

∎ rain was coming down in sheets il pleuvait des cordes;

∎ the ceiling came down le plafond s'est effondré

(c) (reach) descendre;

∎ the dress comes down to my ankles la robe descend jusqu'à mes chevilles;

∎ her hair came down to her waist les cheveux lui tombaient ou descendaient jusqu'à la taille

(d) (decrease) baisser;

∎ he's ready to come down 10 percent on the price il est prêt à rabattre ou baisser le prix de 10 pour cent

(e) (be passed down) être transmis (de père en fils);

∎ this custom comes down from the Romans cette coutume nous vient des Romains;

∎ the necklace came down to her from her great-aunt elle tient ce collier de sa grand-tante

(f) (reach a decision) se prononcer;

∎ the majority came down in favour of/against abortion la majorité s'est prononcée en faveur de/contre l'avortement;

∎ to come down on sb's side décider en faveur de qn

(g) (be removed) être défait ou décroché;

∎ that wallpaper will have to come down il va falloir enlever ce papier peint;

∎ the Christmas decorations are coming down today aujourd'hui, on enlève les décorations de Noël;

∎ the tree will have to come down (be felled) il faut abattre cet arbre;

∎ these houses are coming down soon on va bientôt démolir ces maisons

(h) British University obtenir son diplôme

(i) familiar drugs slang redescendre

➲ come down on inseparable transitive verb

(a) (rebuke) s'en prendre à;

∎ the boss came down hard on him le patron lui a passé un de ces savons;

∎ one mistake and he'll come down on you like a ton of bricks si tu fais la moindre erreur, il te tombera sur le dos

(b) familiar (pressurize)

∎ they came down on me to sell the land ils ont essayé de me faire vendre le terrain^□

➲ come down to inseparable transitive verb

(amount) se réduire à, se résumer à;

∎ it all comes down to what you want to do tout cela dépend de ce que vous souhaitez faire;

∎ it all comes down to the same thing tout cela revient au même;

∎ that's what his argument comes down to voici à quoi se réduit son raisonnement

➲ come down with inseparable transitive verb

(become ill) attraper;

∎ he came down with a cold il s'est enrhumé, il a attrapé un rhume

➲ come forward intransitive verb

(present oneself) se présenter;

∎ more women are coming forward as candidates davantage de femmes présentent leur candidature;

∎ the police have appealed for witnesses to come forward la police a demandé aux témoins de se faire connaître

➲ come forward with inseparable transitive verb

(offer)

∎ the townspeople came forward with supplies les habitants de la ville ont offert des provisions;

∎ he came forward with a new proposal il a fait une nouvelle proposition;

∎ Law to come forward with evidence présenter des preuves

➲ come from inseparable transitive verb

venir;

∎ she comes from China elle vient ou elle est originaire de Chine;

∎ to come from a good family être issu ou venir d'une bonne famille;

∎ this word comes from Latin ce mot vient du latin;

∎ this wine comes from the south of France ce vin vient du sud de la France;

∎ this passage comes from one of his novels ce passage est extrait ou provient d'un de ses romans;

∎ that's surprising coming from him c'est étonnant de sa part;

∎ a sob came from his throat un sanglot s'est échappé de sa gorge;

∎ familiar I'm not sure where he's coming from je ne sais pas très bien ce qui le motive^□

➲ come in intransitive verb

(a) (enter) entrer; (come inside) rentrer;

∎ come in! entrez!;

∎ they came in through the window ils sont entrés par la fenêtre;

∎ come in now, children, it's getting dark rentrez maintenant, les enfants, il commence à faire nuit;

∎ British familiar Mrs Brown comes in twice a week (to clean) Madame Brown vient (faire le ménage) deux fois par semaine

(b) (plane, train) arriver

(c) (in competition) arriver;

∎ she came in second elle est arrivée deuxième

(d) (be received → money, contributions) rentrer;

∎ there isn't enough money coming in to cover expenditure l'argent qui rentre ne suffit pas à couvrir les dépenses;

∎ how much do you have coming in every week? combien touchez-vous ou encaissez-vous chaque semaine?

(e) Press (news, report) être reçu;

∎ news is just coming in of a riot in Red Square on nous annonce à l'instant des émeutes sur la place Rouge

(f) Radio & Television (begin to speak) parler;

∎ come in car number 1, over j'appelle voiture 1, à vous;

∎ come in Barry Stewart from New York à vous, Barry Stewart à New York

(g) (become seasonable) être de saison; (become fashionable) entrer en vogue;

∎ when do endives come in? quand commence la saison des endives?;

∎ leather has come in le cuir est à la mode ou en vogue

(h) (prove to be)

∎ to come in handy or useful (tool, gadget) être utile ou commode; (contribution) arriver à point;

∎ these gloves come in handy or useful for driving ces gants sont bien commodes ou utiles pour conduire

(i) (be involved) être impliqué; (participate) participer, intervenir;

∎ where do I come in? quel est mon rôle là-dedans?;

∎ this is where the law comes in c'est là que la loi intervient;

∎ he should come in on the deal il devrait participer à l'opération;

∎ I'd like to come in on this (conversation) j'aimerais dire quelques mots là-dessus ou à ce sujet

(j) (tide) monter

➲ come in for inseparable transitive verb

(be object of → abuse, reproach) subir;

∎ to come in for criticism être critiqué, être l'objet de critiques;

∎ the government came in for a lot of criticism over its handling of the crisis le gouvernement a été très critiqué pour la façon dont il gère la crise;

∎ to come in for praise être félicité

➲ come in on inseparable transitive verb

(be given a part in) prendre part à;

∎ they let him come in on the deal ils l'ont laissé prendre part à l'affaire

➲ come into inseparable transitive verb

(a) (inherit) hériter de; (acquire) entrer en possession de;

∎ to come into some money (inherit it) faire un héritage; (win it) gagner le gros lot;

∎ they came into a fortune (won) ils ont gagné une fortune; (inherited) ils ont hérité d'une fortune

(b) (play a role in) jouer un rôle;

∎ it's not simply a matter of pride, though pride does come into it ce n'est pas une simple question de fierté, bien que la fierté joue un certain rôle;

∎ money doesn't come into it! l'argent n'a rien à voir là-dedans!

➲ come of inseparable transitive verb

résulter de;

∎ what will come of it? qu'en adviendra-t-il?, qu'en résultera-t-il?;

∎ no good will come from or of it ça ne mènera à rien de bon, il n'en résultera rien de bon;

∎ let me know what comes of the meeting faites-moi savoir ce qui ressortira de la réunion;

∎ that's what comes from listening to you! voilà ce qui arrive quand on vous écoute!

➲ come off

1 inseparable transitive verb

(a) (fall off → of rider) tomber de; (→ of button) se détacher de, se découdre de; (→ of handle, label) se détacher de; (of tape, wallpaper) se détacher de, se décoller de; (be removed → of stain, mark) partir de, s'enlever de

(b) (stop taking → drug, medicine) arrêter de prendre; (→ drink) arrêter de boire;

∎ to come off the pill arrêter (de prendre) la pilule

(c) (climb down from, leave → wall, ladder etc) descendre de;

∎ to come off a ship/plane débarquer d'un navire/d'un avion;

∎ I've just come off the night shift (finished work) je viens de quitter l'équipe de nuit; (finished working nights) je viens de finir le travail de nuit

(d) Football (field) sortir de

(e) familiar (idiom)

∎ oh, come off it! allez, arrête ton char!

2 intransitive verb

(a) (rider) tomber; (button) se détacher, se découdre; (handle, label) se détacher; (stain, mark) partir, s'enlever; (tape, wallpaper) se détacher, se décoller;

∎ the handle came off in his hand la poignée lui est restée dans la main

(b) Football (leave the field) sortir

(c) (fare, manage) s'en sortir, se tirer de;

∎ you came off well in the competition tu t'en es bien tiré au concours;

∎ to come off best gagner

(d) familiar (happen) avoir lieu^□, se passer^□ ; (be carried through) se réaliser^□ ; (succeed) réussir^□ ;

∎ did the game come off all right? le match s'est bien passé?;

∎ my trip to China didn't come off mon voyage en Chine n'a pas eu lieu;

∎ his plan didn't come off son projet est tombé à l'eau

(e) Cinema & Theatre (film, play) fermer

(f) very familiar (have orgasm) décharger

➲ come on intransitive verb

(a) (follow) suivre;

∎ I'll come on after (you) je vous suivrai

(b) (in imperative) come on! (with motion, encouraging, challenging) vas-y!, allez!; (hurry) allez!; familiar (expressing incredulity) tu rigoles!;

∎ come on Scotland! allez l'Écosse!;

∎ come on in/up! entre/monte donc!;

∎ oh, come on, for goodness sake! allez, arrête!

(c) (progress) avancer, faire des progrès; (grow) pousser, venir bien;

∎ how is your work coming on? où en est votre travail?;

∎ my roses are coming on nicely mes rosiers se portent bien;

∎ her new book is coming on quite well son nouveau livre avance bien;

∎ he's coming on in physics il fait des progrès en physique

(d) (begin → illness) se déclarer; (→ storm) survenir, éclater; (→ season) arriver;

∎ as night came on quand la nuit a commençé à tomber;

∎ it's coming on to rain il va pleuvoir;

∎ I feel a headache/cold coming on je sens un mal de tête qui commence/que je m'enrhume

(e) (start functioning → electricity, gas, heater, lights, radio) s'allumer; (→ motor) se mettre en marche; (→ utilities at main) être mis en service;

∎ has the water come on? y a-t-il de l'eau?

(f) (behave, act)

∎ don't come on all macho with me! ne joue pas les machos avec moi!;

∎ familiar you came on a bit strong tu y es allé un peu fort

(g) Theatre (actor) entrer en scène; (play) être joué ou représenté;

∎ his new play is coming on on va donner sa nouvelle pièce

(h) British familiar (start menstruating) avoir ses ragnagnas

➲ come on to inseparable transitive verb

(a) (proceed to consider) aborder, passer à;

∎ I want to come on to the issue of epidemics je veux passer à la question des épidémies

(b) familiar (flirt with) draguer;

∎ she was coming on to me in a big way elle me draguait à fond

➲ come out intransitive verb

(a) (exit, go out socially) sortir;

∎ as we came out of the theatre au moment où nous sommes sortis du théâtre;

∎ would you like to come out with me tonight? est-ce que tu veux sortir avec moi ce soir?;

∎ figurative if he'd only come out of himself or out of his shell si seulement il sortait de sa coquille

(b) (make appearance → stars, sun) paraître, se montrer; (→ flowers) sortir, éclore; figurative (→ book) paraître, être publié; (→ film) paraître, sortir; (→ new product) sortir;

∎ to come out in a rash (person) se couvrir de boutons, avoir une éruption;

∎ his nasty side came out sa méchanceté s'est manifestée;

∎ I didn't mean it the way it came out ce n'est pas ce que je voulais dire

(c) (be revealed → news, secret) être divulgué ou révélé; (→ facts, truth) émerger, se faire jour;

∎ as soon as the news came out dès qu'on a su la nouvelle, dès que la nouvelle a été annoncée

(d) (be removed → stain) s'enlever, partir; (colour → fade) passer, se faner; (→ run) déteindre;

∎ when do your stitches come out? quand est-ce qu'on t'enlève tes fils?

(e) (declare oneself publicly) se déclarer;

∎ to come out strongly (for/against) se prononcer avec vigueur (pour/contre);

∎ the governor came out against/for abortion le gouverneur s'est prononcé (ouvertement) contre/pour l'avortement;

∎ familiar to come out (of the closet) (homosexual) révéler (publiquement) son homosexualité^□, faire son come-out

(f) British (on strike) se mettre en ou faire grève

(g) (emerge, finish up) se tirer d'affaire, s'en sortir; (in competition) se classer;

∎ the government came out of the deal badly le gouvernement s'est mal sorti de l'affaire;

∎ everything will come out fine tout va s'arranger;

∎ I came out top in maths j'étais premier en maths;

∎ to come out on top gagner

(h) (go into society) faire ses débuts ou débuter dans le monde

(i) Mathematics (yield solution)

∎ this sum won't come out je n'arrive pas à résoudre cette opération

(j) Photography

∎ the pictures came out well/badly les photos étaient très bonnes/n'ont rien donné;

∎ the house didn't come out well la maison n'est pas très bien sur les photos

(k) Computing (exit) sortir;

∎ to come out of a document sortir d'un document

➲ come out at inseparable transitive verb

(amount to) s'élever à

➲ come out in inseparable transitive verb

∎ to come out in spots or a rash avoir une éruption de boutons

➲ come out with inseparable transitive verb

(say) dire, sortir;

∎ what will he come out with next? qu'est-ce qu'il va nous sortir encore?;

∎ he finally came out with it il a fini par le sortir

➲ come over

1 intransitive verb

(a) (move, travel in direction of speaker) venir;

∎ at the party she came over to talk to me pendant la soirée, elle est venue me parler;

∎ do you want to come over this evening? tu veux venir à la maison ce soir?;

∎ his family came over with the early settlers sa famille est arrivée ou venue avec les premiers pionniers;

∎ I met him in the plane coming over je l'ai rencontré dans l'avion en venant

(b) (stop by) venir, passer

(c) (change sides)

∎ they came over to our side ils sont passés de notre côté;

∎ he finally came over to their way of thinking il a fini par se ranger à leur avis

(d) (make specified impression)

∎ her speech came over well son discours a fait bon effet ou bonne impression;

∎ he came over as honest il a donné l'impression d'être honnête;

∎ he doesn't come over well on television il ne passe pas bien à la télévision;

∎ her voice comes over well sa voix passe ou rend bien

(e) familiar (feel) devenir^□ ;

∎ he came over all funny (felt ill) il s'est senti mal tout d'un coup, il a eu un malaise; (behaved oddly) il est devenu tout bizarre;

∎ to come over dizzy être pris de vertige;

∎ to come over faint être pris d'une faiblesse

2 inseparable transitive verb

affecter, envahir;

∎ a change came over him un changement se produisit en lui;

∎ a feeling of fear came over him il a été saisi de peur, la peur s'est emparée de lui;

∎ what has come over him? qu'est-ce qui lui prend?

➲ come round intransitive verb

(a) (make a detour) faire le détour;

∎ we came round by the factory nous sommes passés par ou nous avons fait le détour par l'usine

(b) (stop by) passer, venir

(c) (occur → regular event)

∎ don't wait for Christmas to come round n'attendez pas Noël;

∎ when the championships/elections come round au moment des championnats/élections;

∎ the summer holidays will soon be coming round again bientôt, ce sera de nouveau les grandes vacances

(d) (change mind) changer d'avis;

∎ he finally came round to our way of thinking il a fini par se ranger à notre avis;

∎ they soon came round to the idea ils se sont faits à cette idée;

∎ (change to better mood) don't worry, she'll soon come round ne t'en fais pas, elle sera bientôt de meilleure humeur

(e) (recover consciousness) reprendre connaissance, revenir à soi; (get better) se remettre, se rétablir;

∎ she's coming round after a bout of pneumonia elle se remet d'une pneumonie

(f) Nautical venir au vent

➲ come through

1 intransitive verb

(a) (be communicated)

∎ his sense of conviction came through on voyait qu'il était convaincu;

∎ her enthusiasm comes through in her letters son enthousiasme se lit dans ses lettres;

∎ your call is coming through je vous passe votre communication;

∎ you're coming through loud and clear je vous reçois cinq sur cinq;

∎ figurative his message came through loud and clear son message a été reçu cinq sur cinq

(b) (be granted, approved) se réaliser;

∎ did your visa come through? avez-vous obtenu votre visa?;

∎ my request for a transfer came through ma demande de mutation a été acceptée

(c) (survive) survivre, s'en tirer

(d) American familiar (do what is expected)

∎ he came through for us il a fait ce qu'on attendait de lui^□ ;

∎ did he come through on his promise? a-t-il tenu parole?^□ ;

∎ they came through with the documents ils ont fourni les documents^□ ;

∎ he came through with the money il a rendu l'argent comme prévu^□

2 inseparable transitive verb

(a) (cross) traverser; figurative (penetrate) traverser;

∎ we came through marshland nous sommes passés par ou avons traversé des marais;

∎ the rain came through my coat la pluie a traversé mon manteau;

∎ water is coming through the roof l'eau s'infiltre par le toit

(b) (survive)

∎ they came through the accident without a scratch ils sont sortis de l'accident indemnes;

∎ I'm sure you will come through this crisis je suis sûr que tu te sortiras de cette crise;

∎ she came through the exam with flying colours elle a réussi l'examen avec brio

➲ come to

1 intransitive verb

(a) (recover consciousness) reprendre connaissance, revenir à soi

(b) Nautical (change course) venir au vent, lofer; (stop) s'arrêter

2 inseparable transitive verb

(a) (concern)

∎ when it comes to physics, she's a genius pour ce qui est de la physique, c'est un génie;

∎ when it comes to paying you can't see anyone for dust quand il faut payer, il n'y a plus personne

(b) (amount to) s'élever à, se monter à;

∎ how much did dinner come to? à combien s'élevait le dîner?;

∎ her salary comes to £750 a month elle gagne 750 livres par mois;

∎ the plan never came to anything le projet n'a abouti à rien;

∎ that nephew of yours will never come to anything ton neveu n'arrivera jamais à rien

(c) figurative (arrive at, reach)

∎ now we come to questions of health nous en venons maintenant aux questions de santé;

∎ he got what was coming to him il n'a eu que ce qu'il méritait;

∎ to come to a conclusion arriver à une conclusion;

∎ to come to power accéder au pouvoir;

∎ what is the world or what are things coming to? où va-t-on ?;

∎ what are things coming to when there aren't even enough hospital beds available? où va-t-on s'il n'y a pas assez de lits dans les hôpitaux?;

∎ I never thought it would come to this je ne me doutais pas qu'on en arriverait là;

∎ let's hope it won't come to that espérons que nous n'en arrivions pas là

➲ come together intransitive verb

(a) (assemble) se réunir, se rassembler; (meet) se rencontrer;

∎ the two roads come together at this point les deux routes se rejoignent à cet endroit

(b) familiar (combine successfully)

∎ everything came together at the final performance tout s'est passé à merveille pour la dernière représentation^□

➲ come under inseparable transitive verb

(a) (be subjected to → authority, control) dépendre de; (→ influence) tomber sous, être soumis à;

∎ the government is coming under pressure to lower taxes le gouvernement subit des pressions visant à réduire les impôts

(b) (be classified under) être classé sous;

∎ that subject comes under "current events" ce sujet est classé ou se trouve sous la rubrique "actualités"

➲ come up intransitive verb

(a) (move upwards) monter; (moon, sun) se lever

(b) (travel in direction of speaker)

∎ I come up to town every Monday je viens en ville tous les lundis;

∎ they came up to Chicago ils sont venus à Chicago;

∎ to come up for air (diver) remonter à la surface; figurative (take break) faire une pause;

∎ she came up the hard way elle a réussi à la force du poignet;

∎ Military an officer who came up through the ranks un officier sorti du rang

(c) (approach) s'approcher;

∎ to come up to sb s'approcher de qn, aborder qn;

∎ the students came up to him with their questions les étudiants sont venus le voir avec leurs questions;

∎ it's coming up to five o'clock il est presque cinq heures;

∎ coming up now on Channel 4, the seven o'clock news et maintenant, sur Channel 4, le journal de sept heures;

∎ familiar one coffee, coming up! et un café, un!

(d) (plant) sortir, germer;

∎ my beans are coming up nicely mes haricots poussent bien

(e) (come under consideration → matter) être soulevé, être mis sur le tapis; (→ question, problem) se poser, être soulevé; Law (→ accused) comparaître; (→ case) être entendu;

∎ that problem has never come up ce problème ne s'est jamais posé;

∎ the question of financing always comes up la question du financement se pose toujours;

∎ the subject came up twice in the conversation le sujet est revenu deux fois dans la conversation;

∎ your name came up twice on a mentionné votre nom deux fois;

∎ she comes up for re-election this year son mandat prend fin cette année;

∎ my contract is coming up for review mon contrat doit être révisé;

∎ to come up before the judge or the court (accused) comparaître devant le juge; (case) être entendu par la cour;

∎ her case comes up next Wednesday elle passe au tribunal mercredi prochain

(f) (happen unexpectedly → event) survenir, surgir; (→ opportunity) se présenter;

∎ to deal with problems as they come up traiter les problèmes au fur et à mesure;

∎ she's ready for anything that might come up elle est prête à faire face à toute éventualité;

∎ I can't make it, something has come up je ne peux pas venir, j'ai un empêchement;

∎ I'll let you know if anything comes up (if I find further information) s'il y a du nouveau, je vous tiendrai au courant; (anything that is suitable) je vous tiendrai au courant si je vois quelque chose qui vous convienne

(g) (intensify → wind) se lever; (→ light) s'allumer; (→ sound) s'intensifier;

∎ when the lights came up at the interval lorsque les lumières se rallumèrent à l'entracte

(h) (be vomited)

∎ everything she eats comes up (again) elle vomit ou rejette tout ce qu'elle mange

(i) (colour, wood etc)

∎ the colour comes up well when it's cleaned la couleur revient bien au nettoyage

(j) familiar (win) gagner^□ ;

∎ did their number come up? (in lottery) ont-ils gagné au loto?; figurative est-ce qu'ils ont touché le gros lot?

(k) familiar drugs slang (after taking drugs) décoller

➲ come up against inseparable transitive verb

(be confronted with) rencontrer;

∎ they came up against some tough competition ils se sont heurtés à des concurrents redoutables

➲ come upon inseparable transitive verb

(find unexpectedly → person) rencontrer par hasard, tomber sur; (→ object) trouver par hasard, tomber sur;

∎ we came upon the couple just as they were kissing nous avons surpris le couple en train de s'embrasser

➲ come up to inseparable transitive verb

(a) (reach) arriver à;

∎ the mud came up to their knees la boue leur montait ou arrivait jusqu'aux genoux;

∎ she comes up to his shoulder elle lui arrive à l'épaule;

∎ we're coming up to the halfway mark nous atteindrons bientôt la moitié

(b) (equal)

∎ his last book doesn't come up to the others son dernier livre ne vaut pas les autres;

∎ to come up to sb's expectations répondre à l'attente de qn;

∎ the play didn't come up to our expectations la pièce nous a déçus

➲ come up with inseparable transitive verb

(offer, propose → money, loan) fournir; (think of → plan, suggestion) suggérer, proposer; (→ answer) trouver; (→ excuse) trouver, inventer;

∎ they came up with a wonderful idea ils ont eu une idée géniale;

∎ what will she come up with next? qu'est-ce qu'elle va encore inventer?

ⓘ Come on down! Il s'agit de la formule consacrée du jeu télévisé The Price is Right (dont l'équivalent français est Le Juste prix) qui débuta en 1957 aux États-Unis, et dans les années 80 en Grande-Bretagne. L'animateur de l'émission prononçait ces paroles ("Descendez!") pour inviter les membres du public sélectionnés pour participer au jeu à venir le rejoindre sur la scène. Aujourd'hui on utilise cette formule plaisamment pour dire à quelqu'un d'approcher ou bien pour indiquer à quelqu'un qui doit prononcer un discours ou se produire sur scène qu'il est temps de prendre place.

ⓘ Come up and see me sometime... Cette formule fut utilisée pour la première fois par Mae West dans le film de 1933 She Done Him Wrong (dont le titre français est Lady Lou); la citation exacte était en fait Why don't you come up sometime, see me? ("Pourquoi est-ce que tu ne monterais pas un de ces jours, pour me voir?"). Il s'agit de l'archétype de l'invitation au badinage. Encore aujourd'hui on utilise cette formule en imitant l'air canaille de Mae West.

Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > come
10 согласовываться с

. близко совпадать; довольно плохо согласуется с; прекрасно согласовываться с

•
The general scheme of lithospheric motion conforms with modern plate tectonics (геол.).

•
The descriptions of the proteins concur with analyses of the RNAs.

•
This observation correlates well with the above suggestion.

•
This assumption fitted well with the generally accepted idea.

•
Any model must be consistent with experiment.

•
These factors are not easily compatible with the model.

•
Each method is agreed upon by oncologists.

•
Be sure that the circuit load matches the switch.

•
The results check well [or agree, or are in ( good) agreement] with those obtained previously...

•
The results were sufficiently consistent to permit us...

•
This is consistent with the idea that stable precipitates are...

•
All available data correlate well.

•
The data fit the present curves ( reasonably) well.

•
This finding is in line (or harmony) with that of other investigators.

Русско-английский научно-технический словарь переводчика > согласовываться с
11 picture

'pik ə
1. noun
1) (a painting or drawing: This is a picture of my mother.) pintura, cuadro, retrato

2) (a photograph: I took a lot of pictures when I was on holiday.) fotografía

3) (a cinema film: There's a good picture on at the cinema tonight.) película, filme

4) ((with the) a symbol or perfect example (of something): She looked the picture of health/happiness.) imagen

5) ((with a) a beautiful sight: She looked a picture in her new dress.) (estar) guapísimo/precioso

6) (a clear description: He gave me a good picture of what was happening.) descripción

2. verb
(to imagine: I can picture the scene.) imaginar, figurarse

- put someone / be in the picture
- put / be in the picture
- the pictures

picture¹ n dibujo / retrato / cuadro / ilustración

he painted a picture of his mother hizo un retrato de su madre

to take a picture hacer una foto

picture² vb imaginarse

how do you picture life in the future? ¿cómo te imaginas la vida en el futuro?

El gerundio de picture se escribe picturing

picture

tr['pɪkʧə^SMALLr/SMALL]

noun

1 (painting) pintura, cuadro; (portrait) retrato; (drawing) dibujo, grabado; (illustration) ilustración nombre femenino, lámina; (photograph) fotografía, foto nombre femenino

■ she drew a picture of the church hizo un dibujo de la iglesia

■ he painted her picture la retrató

■ I took a picture of them les saqué una foto

2 (account, description) descripción nombre femenino; (mental picture) imagen nombre femenino, idea, impresión nombre femenino

3 SMALLTELEVISION/SMALL (quality of image) imagen nombre femenino

4 SMALLBRITISH ENGLISH/SMALL (film) película

transitive verb

1 (imagine) imaginarse, verse

■ I can't picture them married no me los imagino casados

2 (paint) pintar; (draw) dibujar

plural noun the pictures

1 SMALLBRITISH ENGLISH/SMALL el cine

■ we went to the pictures fuimos al cine

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

to be a picture of health rebosar salud

to be (as pretty as) a picture ser precioso,-a

to be pictured (in press) aparecer en la foto

to get the picture entender, enterarse

to put somebody in the picture poner a alguien al corriente

picture book libro ilustrado

picture frame marco

picture postcard tarjeta postal

picture window ventanal nombre masculino

picture ['pɪkʧər] vt, - tured ; - turing

1) depict: representar

2) imagine: imaginarse

can you picture it?: ¿te lo puedes imaginar?

picture n

1) : cuadro m (pintado o dibujado), ilustración f, fotografía f

2) description: descripción f

3) image: imagen f

he's the picture of his father: es la viva imagen de su padre

4) movie: película f

picture

n.

• cuadro s.m.

• escena s.f.

• fotografía s.f.

• grabado s.m.

• gráfico s.m.

• ilustración s.f.

• imagen s.f.

• película s.f.

• pintura s.f.

• retrato s.m.

v.

• dibujar v.

• pintar v.

I 'pɪktʃər, 'pɪktʃə(r)
noun

1)

a) ( illustration) ilustración f; ( drawing) dibujo m; ( painting) cuadro m, pintura f; ( print) cuadro m, lámina f; ( portrait) retrato m

to draw a picture of something — hacer* un dibujo de algo, dibujar algo

to paint a picture of something/somebody — pintar algo/a alguien

the book paints a gloomy picture of... — el libro pinta un cuadro sombrío de...

to be as pretty as a picture — ser* precioso: (before n)

picture frame — marco m

picture gallery — ( museum) pinacoteca f, museo m; ( shop) galería f de arte

b) ( photo) foto f

to take a picture of something/somebody — sacarle* or tomarle or (Esp tb) hacerle* una foto a algo/alguien

2) ( situation) panorama m

that's not the whole picture — ésa es una visión parcial del asunto

to get the picture — (colloq)

you're not welcome here, get the picture? — aquí no eres bienvenido ¿entiendes or te enteras?

to put somebody in the picture — poner* a alguien al tanto (de la situación)

3) ( idea) idea f

you get a very different picture from these figures — estas cifras te dan una idea muy distinta

4) (TV) imagen f

5) ( Cin)

a) ( movie) película f

b) pictures pl ( cinema) (BrE dated)

the pictures — el cine

6)

a) ( embodiment) imagen f

he looks the very picture of health — es la viva imagen de la salud

b) ( beautiful sight) espectáculo m

doesn't she look a picture? — ¿no está preciosa?

II

transitive verb

a) ( imagine) imaginarse

I can't picture myself with a baby — no me veo con un niño

b) ( depict) (usu pass)

the minister, pictured here next to... — el ministro, que aparece en la foto junto a...

['pɪktʃǝ(r)]
1. N

1) (Art) (=print, engraving) cuadro m; (=drawing) dibujo m; (=painting) cuadro m, pintura f; (=portrait) retrato m

• to draw a picture (of sth/sb) — hacer un dibujo (de algo/algn)

• to paint a picture (of sth/sb) — pintar un cuadro (de algo/algn)

he painted a black picture of the future — nos pintó un cuadro muy negro del porvenir

to paint sb's picture — pintar un retrato de algn, pintar a algn

- every picture tells a story

- a picture is worth a thousand words
pretty 1., 1)
2) (=photo) foto f, fotografía f

• to take a picture of sth/sb — hacer or (esp LAm) sacar una foto a algo/algn

we all had our pictures taken — todos nos hicimos or (esp LAm) sacamos fotos

3) (=illustration) (in book) ilustración f; (in magazine) ilustración f, foto f

4) (=personification)

he looked the picture of health — era la salud personificada

5) (=wonderful sight)

the garden is a picture in June — el jardín es una preciosidad en junio

his face was a picture — ¡vaya cara que puso!, ¡vieras or hubieras visto su cara! (LAm)

6) (=situation) panorama m

the overall picture is encouraging — el panorama general es alentador

you have to look at the whole picture — tienes que considerar la situación or el panorama en conjunto

• where do I come or fit into the picture? * — ¿qué pinto yo or dónde encajo yo en todo esto? *, ¿cuál es mi papel en todo esto?

• to get the picture * — comprender

I get the picture — ya comprendo

do you get the picture? — ¿te enteras? *, ¿lo captas? *

he was a bit unsure in the job at first but he soon got the picture — al principio no se sentía muy seguro de cómo hacer su trabajo pero pronto le cogió el truco *

• to put sb in the picture (about sth) — poner a algn al corriente or al tanto (de algo)

7) (=idea)

these figures give the general picture — estas cifras ofrecen una idea general or una visión de conjunto

I have a picture in my mind of how I want it to look — tengo una imagen mental del aspecto que quiero que tenga

8) (TV) imagen f

9) (esp US) (Cine) película f
(Brit) †
the pictures — el cine

to go to the pictures — ir al cine
motion 4.
2. VT

1) (=imagine) imaginarse

I never pictured you as a family man — nunca te imaginé or te vi como hombre de familia

picture the scene — figuraos la escena

picture yourself lying on the beach — imagínate que estás tumbado en la playa

2) (=portray) (in painting, film, novel) representar
(in photograph)
his wife, pictured with him above — su mujer, que figura con él en la foto de arriba

the documentary pictured the police as good-natured fools — el documental pintaba a la policía como si fueran un hatajo de tontos con buen corazón, el documental representaba a la policía como un hatajo de tontos con buen corazón

3.

CPD

picture book N — libro m ilustrado

picture frame N — marco m

picture gallery N — (=shop) galería f de arte; (=museum) museo m de pintura, pinacoteca f; (in stately home) galería f de cuadros

picture hat N — pamela f

picture house † N — cine m

picture library N — biblioteca f fotográfica

picture message N — mensaje m con foto

picture messaging N — (envío m de) mensajes mpl con foto

picture palace † N — cine m

picture phone N — teléfono m con cámara

picture postcard N — (tarjeta f) postal f

picture rail N — moldura para colgar cuadros

picture tube N — (TV) tubo m de imagen

picture window N — ventanal m

* * *

I ['pɪktʃər, 'pɪktʃə(r)]
noun

1)

a) ( illustration) ilustración f; ( drawing) dibujo m; ( painting) cuadro m, pintura f; ( print) cuadro m, lámina f; ( portrait) retrato m

to draw a picture of something — hacer* un dibujo de algo, dibujar algo

to paint a picture of something/somebody — pintar algo/a alguien

the book paints a gloomy picture of... — el libro pinta un cuadro sombrío de...

to be as pretty as a picture — ser* precioso: (before n)

picture frame — marco m

picture gallery — ( museum) pinacoteca f, museo m; ( shop) galería f de arte

b) ( photo) foto f

to take a picture of something/somebody — sacarle* or tomarle or (Esp tb) hacerle* una foto a algo/alguien

2) ( situation) panorama m

that's not the whole picture — ésa es una visión parcial del asunto

to get the picture — (colloq)

you're not welcome here, get the picture? — aquí no eres bienvenido ¿entiendes or te enteras?

to put somebody in the picture — poner* a alguien al tanto (de la situación)

3) ( idea) idea f

you get a very different picture from these figures — estas cifras te dan una idea muy distinta

4) (TV) imagen f

5) ( Cin)

a) ( movie) película f

b) pictures pl ( cinema) (BrE dated)

the pictures — el cine

6)

a) ( embodiment) imagen f

he looks the very picture of health — es la viva imagen de la salud

b) ( beautiful sight) espectáculo m

doesn't she look a picture? — ¿no está preciosa?

II

transitive verb

a) ( imagine) imaginarse

I can't picture myself with a baby — no me veo con un niño

b) ( depict) (usu pass)

the minister, pictured here next to... — el ministro, que aparece en la foto junto a...

English-spanish dictionary > picture
12 ἐπί

ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)

① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near

ⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P⁷⁵; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.

ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.

α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).

β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).

ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)

α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.

β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.

γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.

② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near

ⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.

ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.

③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.

④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on

ⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).

ⓑ w. acc.

α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.

β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P⁷⁵. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.

γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.

δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.

ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.

⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.

⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)

ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.

ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.

ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.

⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).

⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).

⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over

ⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.

ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.

ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.

⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.

⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.

⑫ marker of hostile opposition, against

ⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).

ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.

⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.

⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about

ⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.

ⓑ w. acc.

α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.

β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).

⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.

⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.

⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.

⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for

ⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.

ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).

ⓒ w. acc.

α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).

β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί
13 Á

shall

* * *

a negative suffix to verbs, not;

era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.

* * *

1.

á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]

With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.

WITH DAT.

A. Loc.

I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.

II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.

2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).

3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.

4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.

III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).

B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:

I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.

II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.

III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.

IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.

C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:

I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.

2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.

3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.

II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.

III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.

IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’

2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.

V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.

VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.

VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.

VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.

WITH ACC.

A. Loc.

I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.

2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.

3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.

II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:

1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.

2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.

III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.

IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.

V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.

VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.

VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.

B. TEMP.

I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.

II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.

III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.

IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.

V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.

VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.

VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.

C. Metaph. and in various relations:

I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.

β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.

II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:

1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.

2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.

3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.

β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.

III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.

IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:

1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.

2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.

3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.

V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.

VI. connected with nouns,

1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.

2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.

3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.

VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.

2.

f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.

COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á
14 BERA

tote

* * *

I)

(ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.

I.

1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);

bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;

bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;

bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;

2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);

bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;

3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);

4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;

kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;

absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;

the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;

verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;

þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;

borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;

Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;

borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;

5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;

bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;

bera e-n málum, to bear one down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit;

bera e-n sök, to charge one with a fault;

bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;

verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;

borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;

þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;

borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;

6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);

þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;

fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);

of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);

absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;

similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;

bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;

hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?

hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;

bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;

7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);

bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);

bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;

bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;

bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;

bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;

bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;

bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;

bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;

bera e-m vel (illa) söguna, to give a favourable (unfavourable) account of one;

refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);

8) to set forth, report, tell;

bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);

bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;

bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;

bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;

bera upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle;

bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;

bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;

eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;

9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);

bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);

bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;

vel viti borinn, endowed with a good understanding;

bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;

bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;

bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;

10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);

bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;

hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;

bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;

bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;

bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;

bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;

11) with preps.:

bera af e-m, to surpass;

en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;

bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;

bera eld at, to set fire to;

bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;

bera vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons;

bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);

bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);

bera e-t um, to wind round;

þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;

bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;

bera út barn, to expose a child;

12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);

láta af berast, to die;

láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);

berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);

at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;

berast vápn á, to attack one another;

berast at or til, to happen;

þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;

ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;

berast í móti, to happen, occur;

hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;

berast við, to be prevented;

ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;

II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;

1) with acc., it bears or carries one to a place;

alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);

bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;

esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;

þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;

Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;

ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;

e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;

hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);

2) followed by preps.:

Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;

hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;

e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;

Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;

e-t berr á milli, comes between;

leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;

fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;

mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;

veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;

e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;

bera saman, to coincide;

bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;

fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;

fund várn bar saman, we met;

3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;

svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;

þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;

bar honum svá til, it so befell him;

þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;

raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;

4) of time, to fall upon;

ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;

bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;

5) denoting cause;

e-t berr til, causes a thing;

konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;

ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;

berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;

6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;

hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;

e-t berr frá, is surpassing;

er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;

7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;

e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;

8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;

e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);

used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).

II)

(að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).

III)

f. she-bear, = birna.

* * *

1.

u, f.

I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.

II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.

2.

bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].

A. Lat. ferre, portare:

I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.

2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.

3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.

II. without a sense of motion:

1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.

β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.

2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:

α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.

β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.

3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:

α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.

β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.

III. in law terms or modes of procedure:

1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)

2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.

β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.

B. Various and metaph. cases.

I. denoting motion:

1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.

β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.

2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.

II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidence … to do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.

2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.

III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.

IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.

β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.

γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.

C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:

I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.

β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.

γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.

2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.

II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.

2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.

3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.

4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.

β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.

γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.

5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.

β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.

III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.

IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.

D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA
15 FRAM

forward

* * *

adv.

1) forward; hann féll f. á. fœtr konungi, he fell forward on his face at the king’s feet; f. rétt, straight on; koma f., to reappear;

2) out of the house; opp. to inn, innarr( var hon ávalt borin f. ok innarr);

3) on the fore part, in front, opp. to aptr( maðr f., en dýr aptr); aptr ok f., fore and aft, of a ship;

4) joined with preps. and particles, bíða f. á dag, f. á nótt, to wait far into the day, or night; bíða f. um jól, to wait till after Yule; fyrir lög f., in spite of the law; f. undan eyjunni; off the island;

5) of time, hversu er f. orðit, how late is it, what time is it? f. orðit dags, late in the day.

* * *

adv.—the Icel. has a triple adverbial form, fram, denoting the going to a place (ad locum); frammi, the being in a place (in loco); framan, the going from a place (a loco)—compar. framarr (mod. framar) or fremr, = Goth. framis; superl. framast (framarst) or fremst: proncd. with a double m = framm; and that such was the case in olden times may be seen from Fms. vi. 385 and Skálda 168, 171. This adv. with its compds and derivatives may be said to have been lost in Germ. as well as Engl., and at a very early time. Even Ulf. uses fram as a prep. in the sense of ἀπό, like the A. S. and Engl. from, Swed. från: only in two passages Ulf. uses fram as adv., viz. Rom. xiii. 12, where he renders ‘the night is far spent’ (nóttin er um liðin of the Icel. N. T.) by framis galeiþan, which recalls to mind the Icel. fram-liðinn = deceased, past; and Mark i. 19, where προβαίνειν is rendered by gaggan framis = Icel. ganga framarr or ganga fram; cp. also the Goth. compds fram-gahts = progress, Philipp. i. 25; fram-aldrs = stricken in years; fram-vigis = Icel. fram-vegis; fram-vairþis = further: in O. H. G. vram = ultra still occurs, but is now lost in Germ. as well as in Engl.: the Icel., on the other hand, makes a clear distinction between the prep. frá ( from) and fram, on, forward, = Gr. πρόσω, Lat. porro, pro-; in some compds the sense from appears, e. g. framandi, a stranger,—Ulf. framaþeis, prop. one who is far off or from far off; so also fram-liðinn, gone, past; ganga fram, to die.

A. fram, forward, (opp. to aptr, backward); aðra leið aptr en fram, 655 xxxii. 18; hann féll fram á fætr konungi, he fell forward on his face at the king’s feet, Eg. 92; stefna fram ( to go on) hina neðri leið, 582; brautin liggr þar fram í milli, id.; cf þeir vilja fram, or, fram á leið, forward, Sks. 483; fram rétt, straight on, Fms. ii. 273, v. l.; fram, fram! on, on! a war cry, Ó. H. 215: koma fram, to reappear, arrive, after being long unheard of; hann kom fram í Danmörku, Fms. i. 62; hann kom fram í kaupstað þeim er …, Ísl. ii. 332; ok kómu þar fram, er Kirjálar vóru á fjalli, Eg. 58: the phrase, fram í ættir, in a far or distant degree (of relationship), 343: people in Icel. in the 14th century used to say, fram til Noregs, up to Norway (cp. up to London), Dipl. ii. 15, 16.

II. fram is generally applied to any motion outwards or towards the open, opp. to inn, innar; thus fram denotes the outer point of a ness, fram á nes; Icel. also say, fram á sjó, towards the high sea, (but upp or inn at landi, landwards); also, towards the verge of a cliff or the like, fram á hamarinn (bergit), Eg. 583: when used of a house fram means towards the door, thus, fara fram í dyr (eldhús), but inn or innar í baðstofu (hence fram-bær), var hón ávalt borin fram ok innar, she was borne in a litter out and in, Bs. i. 343: of a bed or chair fram denotes the outside, the side farthest from the wall, horfir hón til þils, en bóndi fram, she turned her face to the wall, but her husband away from it, Vígl. 31.

β. again, Icel. say, fram á dal, up dale, opp. to ofan dalinn, down dale.

III. without motion, the fore part, opp. to aptr, hinder part (cp. fram-fætr); aptr krókr en fram sem sporðr, Fms. ii. 179; maðr fram en dýr aptr (of a centaur), 673. 2, Sks. 179; aptr ok fram, fore and aft, of a ship, Fms. ix. 310.

IV. joined with prepp. or particles, Lat. usque; bíða fram á dag, fram á nótt, fram í myrkr, to wait far into the day, night, darkness, Bs. ii. 145; bíða fram yfir, er fram um Jól, etc., to bide till after Yule; um fram, past over; sitja um þat fram er markaðrinn stóð, to stay till the fair is past, Fb. i. 124; fram um hamarinn (bergit), to pass the cliff, Eg. 582; ríða um fram, to ride past or to miss, Nj. 264, mod. fram hjá, cp. Germ. vorbei:—metaph., vera um fram e-n, above, surpassingly; um fram aðra menn, Fb. i. 91, Fms. vi. 58, passim; um alla hluti fram, above all things: yfir alla hluti fram, id., Stj. 7: besides, Sks. 41 new Ed.: fyrir lög fram, in spite of the law, Fms. iii. 157; fyrir rétt fram, 655 xx. 4; fyrir lof fram, without leave, Grág. i. 326; fyrir þat fram, but for that, ii. 99: the phrase, fyrir alla hluti fram, above all things, 623. 19.

β. temp., fyrir fram means beforehand, Germ. voraus; vita, segja fyrir fram, to know, tell beforehand, Germ. voraus-sagen.

γ. fram undan, projecting, stretching forward; fram undan eyjunni, Fms. ii. 305.

δ. the phrase, fram, or more usually fram-orðit, of time, hvað er fram-orðit, how late is it? i. e. what is the time? Ld. 224; þá var fram-orðit, it was late in the day, Clem. 51; þá er fram var orðit, 623. 30: dropping ‘orðit,’ þeir vissu eigi hvat fram var (qs. fram orðit), they did not know the time of day, K. Þ. K. 90: with gen., fram-orðit dags, late in the day, Fms. xi. 10, Ld. 174; áfram, on forward, q. v.

V. with verbs,

α. denoting motion, like pro- in Latin, thus, ganga, koma, sækja, falla, fljóta, renna, líða, fara … fram, to go, come, flow, fare … forward, Eg. 136, Fms. ii. 56, Jb. 75, passim: of time, líða fram, Bs. ii. 152 (fram-liðinn).

β. rétta, halda fram, to stretch, hold forth, Nj. 3; flytja, bera, draga, leiða, færa, selja, setja fram, to bring … forward, Sks. 567; leggja fram, to ‘lay forth,’ discharge, Fms. v. 293, Nj. 3, 11; bjóða fram, to offer; eggja, hvetja fram, to egg on; segja fram, to pronounce; standa, lúta fram, etc.

γ. sjá, horfa, stökkva … fram fyrir sik, to look, jump forward, opp. to aptr fyrir sik, Nj. 29:—impers., e-m fer fram, to grow, make progress; skara fram úr, to stand out.

B. frammi, (for the pronunciation with a double m vide Skálda 169,) denotes in or on a place, without motion, and is formed in the same way as uppi from upp, niðri from niðr; Icel. thus say, ganga fram, niðr, upp, to go on, go down, go up; but vera frammi, niðri, uppi, to be in, etc.; if followed by a vowel, the final i may be dropt, thus, vera frammi á dal, or framm’ á dal, Hrafn. 6; sitja framm’ fyrir hásæti (= frammi fyrir), Ó. H. 5; just as one may say, vera niðr’ á (qs. niðri á) engjum, upp’ á (= uppi á) fjalli: as to direction, all that is said of fram also applies to frammi, only that frammi can but denote the being in a place; Icel. thus say, frammi á dal in a dale, frammi í dyrum in-doors, frammi á fjalli on a fell, frammi á gólfi on the floor, frammi á sjó, etc.; þeir Leitr sitja frammi í húsum, Fær. 181, cp. also Hrafn. 1; sitja (standa) frammi fyrir e-m, to sit ( stand) before one’s face, Hkr. ii. 81.

II. metaph. the phrase, hafa e-t frammi, to perform a thing, Nj. 232, Sks. 161: to use, shew, in a bad sense, of an insult, threatening, or the like; hafa þeir f. mikil-mæli ok heita afarkostum, Hkr. i. 191: the particle í is freq. prefixed, hafa í frammi, (not á frammi as áfram, q. v.); svá fremi skaltú rógit í frammi hafa, Nj. 166; þarftú þá fleira í frammi at hafa en stóryrði ein ok dramblæti, Fas. i. 37; hafðú í frammi kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215: to exercise, Bs. i. 852; hafa f. ípróttir, Fms. ix. 8 (rare); láta, leggja f., to contribute, produce, Fas. iii. 118, Fms. vi. 211.

C. framan, from the front side; framan at borðinu, to the front of the table, Fb. ii. 302; framan at e-u, in the face or front of (opp. to aptan að, from behind); skaltú róa at framan borðum skútunnar, thou shall row towards the boards of the boat, of one boat trying to reach another, Háv. 46; taka framan af e-u, to take ( cut) from the fore part, Od. xiv. 474; framan á skipinu, the fore part of the ship, Fms. ii. 179; framan um stafninn, vi. 78.

β. temp., framan af sumri, vetri, hausti, váti, the beginning, first part of summer …; also simply framan af, in the beginning.

γ. of the fore part of the body; nokkut hafit upp framan nefit, Ld. 272; réttnefjaðr ok hafit upp í framan-vert, a straight nose and prominent at the tip, Nj. 29; framan á brjóstið, on the breast; framan í andlitið, in the face; framan á knén, í stálhúfuna framan, Fms. viii. 337; framan á þjóhnappana, Sturl. i. 14 (better aptan á).

δ. with the prep. í preceding; í framan, adv. in the face; rjóðr í framan, red in the face; fölr í framan, pale-faced, etc., freq. in mod. use.

2. fyrir framan, before, in front of, with acc. (opp. to fyrir aptan, behind); fyrir framan slána, Nj. 45; fyrir framan hendr honum, 60; fyrir framan hamarinn, Eg. 583; fyrir framan merki, Fms. i. 27, ii. 84: as adv., menn stóðu með vápnum fyrir framan þar sem Flosi sat, before F. ‘s seat, Nj. 220; þá var skotið aptr lokhvílunni ok sett á hespa fyrir framan, Fms. ii. 84: að framan, above.

3. as framan is prop. an adv. from the place, Icel. also say, koma framan af dal, framan af nesi, framan ór dyrum, etc., to come down the dale, etc., vide fram above.

4. ‘framan til’ in a temp. sense, up to, until; nú líðr til þings framan, it drew near to the time of parliament, Nj. 12; líðr nú til þings framan, Ld. 88; leið nú framan til Jóla, Ísl. ii. 42; framan til Páska, Stj. 148; framan til vetrnátta, D. N.; framan til þess er hann átti við Glám, Grett. 155; framan til Leiðar, Anal. 172; frá upphafi heims framan, from the beginning of the world, Ver. 1; in mod. usage simply fram in all such instances.

D. Compar. framarr, farther on; superl. framast, fremst, farthest on:

1. loc., feti framarr, a step farther on, Lv. 59; þar er þeir koma framast, the farthest point they can reach, Grág. i. 111; þar sem hann kömr framast, 497; hvar hann kom framarst, Fms. xi. 416; svá kómu þeir fremst at þeir unnu þá borg, i. 114; þeir eru mest til þess nefndir at framast ( foremost) hafi verit, Ísl. ii. 368; þeir er fremst vóru, Fms. v. 78.

2. temp. farthest back; er ek fremst um man, Vsp. 1; hvat þú fyrst um mant eða fremst um veizt, Vþm. 34; frá því ek má fremst muna, Dipl. v. 25.

II. metaph. farther, more, superl. farthest, most; erat hann framarr skyldr sakráða við menn, Grág. i. 11; nema vér reynim oss framarr, Fær. 75; meta, hvárra þörf oss litisk framarr ganga, whose claim appeared to us the strongest, Dipl. ii. 5.

β. with dat., venju framarr, more than usual; því framarr sem, all the more, Fms. i. 184.

γ. with ‘en’ following; framar en, farther than, more than; mun hér því ( therefore) framarr leitað en hvarvetna annars-staðar, Fms. i. 213; at ganga framarr á hendr Þorleiki en mitt leyfi er til, Ld. 154; hversu Þorólfr var framarr en ek, Eg. 112; framarr er hann en ek, he is better than I, Nj. 3; sókn framarr ( rather) en vörn, 236; framarr en ( farther than) nú er skilt, Js. 48; því at hann væri framarr en aðrir menn at sér, better than other men, Mar. 25.

2. superl., svá sem sá er framast ( foremost) elskaði, Fs. 80; svá sem framast má, 655 xi. 2; sem Guð lér honum framast vit til, Js. 5: with gen., konungr virði hann framast allra sona sinna, Fms. i. 6; at Haraldr væri framast þeirra bræðra, 59; framast þeirra at allri sæmd, viii. 272.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FRAM
16 κατά

κατά [(A)][ κᾰτᾰ], poet. καταί acc. to A.D.Synt.309.28, found in Compds., as καταιβάτης: Prep. with gen. or acc.:—

A downwards.

A WITH GEN.,

I denoting motion from above, down from, βῆ δὲ κατ' Οὐλύμποιο καρήνων, κατ' Ἰδαίων ὀρέων, βαλέειν κ. πέτρης, Il. 22.187, 16.677, Od.14.399; κατ' οὐρανοῦ εἰλήλουθας Il.6.128
; καθ' ἵππων ἀΐξαντε ib. 232; δάκρυα.. κ. βλεφάρων Χαμάδις ῥέε 17.438
; ἵεις σαυτὸν κ. τοῦ τείχους Ar.V. 355
; ἁλόμενοι κ. τῆς πέτρας X.An.4.2.17
; κ. τῶν πετρῶν ὦσαι Pl.Phdr. 229c
; κ. κρημνῶν ῥιφέντες Id.Lg. 944a
:— for κατ' ἄκρης v. ἄκρα: Μοῖσα κ. στόματος Χέε νέκταρ Theoc.7.82
(but perh. in sense 11.1).

II denoting downward motion,

1 down upon or over, κ. Χθονὸς ὄμματα πήξας Il.3.217
; of the dying, κατὰ.. ὀφθαλμῶν κέχυτ' ἀχλύς a cloud settled upon the eyes, 5.696, cf. 20.321; τὸν δὲ κατ' ὀφθαλμῶν.. νὺξ ἐκάλυψεν 13.580
; φᾶρος κὰκ κεφαλῆς εἴρυσσε down over.., Od.8.85; [ κόπρος] κ. σπείους κέχυτο.. πολλή 9.330
; ὕδωρ κ. Χειρός, v. Χείρ; μύρον κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς καταχέαντες Pl.R. 398a; νάρκη μου κ. τῆς Χειρὸς καταχεῖται Ar.V. 713
; κ. τῆς τραπέζης καταπάσας τέφραν Id.Nu. 177
; ξαίνειν κ. τοῦ νώτου πολλὰς [ πληγάς] D.19.197; ἐσκεδασμένοι κ. τῆς Χώρας Plb.1.17.10
; οἱ κ. νώτου πονοῦντες Id.3.19.7
; ῥόπαλον ἤλασα κὰκ κεφαλῆς Theoc.25.256
; κ. κόρρης παίειν, = ἐπὶ κόρρης, Luc.Cat.12, al.

b Geom., along, upon, πίπτειν κατ' [ εὐθείας] Archim.Sph.Cyl.1 Def.2; αἱ γωνίαι κ. κύκλων περιφερειῶν ἐνεχθήσονται will move on.., ib.1.23, al., cf. Aristarch.Sam.1.

2 down into, νέκταρ στάξε κ. ῥινῶν Il.19.39
; of a dart, κ. γαίης ᾤχετο 13.504
, etc.; ἔθηκε κατ' ὄχθης μείλινον ἔγχος 21.172
; ψυχὴ κ. Χθονὸς ᾤχετο 23.100
; κ. γᾶς underground, Pi.O.2.59; κατ' ὕδατος under water, Hdt.2.149; [ ποταμὸς] δὺς κ. τῆς γῆς Pl.Phd.
113c, cf. Ti. 25d; κ. γῆς σύμεναι A.Eu. 1007
(anap.); κ. Χθονὸς κρύψαι to bury. S.Ant.24; ὁ κ. γῆς one dead and buried, X.Cyr.4.6.5; οἱ κ. Χθονὸς θεοί A.Pers. 689
, etc.; θεοὶ<οἱ> κ. γᾶς Id.Ch. 475
(lyr.), etc.; so κ. θαλάσσης ἀφανίζεσθαι, καταδεδυκέναι, Hdt.7.6, 235; also βᾶτε κατ' ἀντιθύρων go down by or through.., S.El. 1433.

3 later, towards a point, τοξεύειν κ. σκοποῦ to shoot at, Hdn.6.7.8; κατ' ἰχνῶν τινος ὁδεύειν Luc.Rh.Pr.9
.

4 of vows or oaths, by, καθ' ἡμῶν ὀμνύναι D.29.26
, cf. 54.38; ἐπιορκήσασα κ. τῶν παίδων Lys.32.13
; esp. of the victims, etc., over which the oath is taken, ὀμνυόντων τὸν ἐπιχώριον ὅρκον καθ' ἱερῶν τελείων Foed. ap. Th.5.47, cf. Arist.Ath.29.5, Foed.Delph.Pell.1A9, etc.; κ. τῶν νικητηρίων εὐξάμενοι D.Ep.1.16
; also κατ' ἐξωλείας ὀμνύναι to imprecate destruction on oneself, Id.21.119; κατ' ἐξ. ἐπιορκεῖν Id.57.22
.

b to make a vow towards, i.e. make a vow of offering.., κ. Χιλίων εὐχὴν ποιήσασθαι Χιμάρων Ar. Eq. 660
.

5 in hostile sense, against, A.Ch. 221, S.Aj. 304, etc.; κ. πάντων φύεσθαι D.18.19
; esp. of judges giving sentence against a person, A.Th. 198, S.Aj. 449, etc.; ψεύδεσθαι κατά τινος Lys.22.7
; λέγειν κατά τινος κακά S.Ph.65
, cf. X.HG1.5.2, etc.; of speeches, [ λόγος] κ. Μειδίου, etc. (opp. πρὸς Λεπτίνην, in reply to L.); δῶρα εἰληφέναι κατά τινος Din.3.6
, cf. 18.

6 of Time, for, μισθοῦν κ. εἴκοσι ἐτῶν IG12.94.37
; κ. βίου for life, Tab.Heracl.1.50; κὰπ παντὸς Χρόνοι IG9(2).517.20
([place name] Larissa ) (but κ. παντὸς τοῦ Χρόνου σκέψασθε D. 22.72
falls under 7); κ. παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος ἀείμνηστον Lycurg.7
.

7 in respect of, concerning, μὴ κατ' ἀνθρώπων σκόπει μόνον τοῦτο Pl. Phd. 70d
; κ. τῶν ἄλλων τεχνῶν τοιαῦτα εὑρήσομεν Id.Sph. 253b
; οἱ κ. Δημοσθένους ἔπαινοι praises bestowed on D., Aeschin.3.50; ἐρεῖν or λέγειν κατά τινος to say of one, Pl.Ap. 37b, Prt. 323b, etc.; εἰ κ. θηλείας φαίης A.D.Synt.198.10
; εἴπερ ἕν γέ τι ζητεῖς κ. πάντων Pl.Men. 73d
, cf. 74b; ὅπερ εἴρηται καθόλου κ. πασῶν τῶν πολιτειῶν Arist.Pol. 1307b2
; freq. in the Logic of Arist., κατά τινος λέγεσθαι or κατηγορεῖσθαι to be predicated of.., Int.16b10, Cat. 1b10, etc.; καταφῆσαί (or ἀποφῆσαί) τι κατά τινος to affirm (or deny) of.., Metaph. 1007b21; so κ. τινὸς ὑπάρχειν Int. 16b13
: and in Adv. καθόλου (q.v.).

B WITH Acc.,

I of motion downwards, κ. ῥόον down stream, Od.14.254, Il.12.33; opp. ἀνὰ τὸν ποταμόν, Hdt.2.96; κ. τὸν ποταμόν, κ. τὸ ὑδάτιον, Id.1.194, Pl.Phdr. 229a; κατ' οὖρον ἰέναι, ῥεῖν, down (i.e. with) the wind, A.Th. 690, S.Tr. 468; κ. πνεῦμα, κατ' ἄνεμον ἵστασθαι to leeward, Arist.HA 535a19, 560b13, Dsc.4.153.

2 with or without signf. of motion, on, over, throughout a space, freq. in Hom., καθ' Ἑλλάδα καὶ μέσον Ἄργος Od.1.344
; κατ' Ἀχαΐδα, κ. Τροίην, Il.11.770, 9.329; κατ' ἠερόεντα κέλευθα Od.20.64
; κ. πόντον, κῦμα, ὕλην, Il.4.276, 6.136, 3.151; κ. πτόλιν Od.2.383
; κ. ἄστυ, οἶκον, Il.18.286, 6.56; κ. ὅμιλον, στρατόν, 3.36, 1.229; κ. κλισίας τε νέας τε ib. 487; πόλεμον κάτα δακρυόεντα 17.512
; κ. ὑσμίνην, μόθον, κλόνον, 5.84, 18.159, 16.331; τὸ ὕδωρ κ. τοὺς ταφροὺς ἐχώρει X.Cyr.7.5.16
, etc. (in later Gr.of motion to a place, κ. τὴν Ἰταλίαν Zos.3.1
); καθ' Ἑλλάδα A.Ag. 578
; κ. πτόλιν Id.Th.6
; αἱ σκηναὶ αἱ κ. τὴν ἀγοράν D.18.169
; τὰ κατ' ἀγροὺς Διονύσια Aeschin.1.157
, etc.; κ. τὸ προάστιον Hdt.3.54
; τύμβον κατ' αὐτόν A. Th. 528
, cf. Supp. 869 (lyr.): Geom., at a point, Euc.1.1,al.; τέμνειν [ σφαῖραν] κ. κύκλον in a circle, Archim.Aren.1.17; also, in the region of, οἱ κ. τὸν ἥλιον γινόμενοι ἀστέρες Gem.12.7
: freq. in Hom. in describing the place of a wound, βαλεῖν κ. στῆθος, γαστέρα, etc., Il.11.108, 16.465, al.; νύξε κ. δεξιὸν ὦμον 5.46
; οὔτασε κατ' ἰσχίον 11.339
; so βαλεῖν κατ' ἀσπίδα, κ. ζωστῆρα, 5.537, 615; βέλος κ. καίριον ἦλθεν struck upon a vital part, v.l. in 11.439: metaph., ἄχος κ. φρένα τύψε 19.125
: generally, κ. φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν in heart and soul, 4.163, al.

3 opposite, over against, κ. Σινώπην πόλιν Hdt.1.76
, cf. 2.148, Th.2.30, etc.; ἀνὴρ κατ' ἄνδρα A.Th. 505
; μολὼν.. μοι κ. στόμα Id.Ch. 573
; κατ' ὀφθαλμούς τινος LXX 2 Ki.12.11
; οἱ μὲν Ἀθηναῖοι κ. Λακεδαιμονίους ἐγένοντο X.HG4.2.18
; κατ' Ἀχαιοὺς ἀντετάχθησαν ibid.; ἐν συμποσίῳ.., περίμενε, μέχρις ἂν γένηται κατὰ σέ Epict.Ench. 15
, cf. D.L.7.108.

II distributively, of a whole divided into parts, κρῖν' ἄνδρας κ. φῦλα, κ. φρήτρας by tribes, by clans, Il.2.362; κ. σφέας μαχέονται by themselves, separately, ib. 366, cf. Th.4.64; ἐσκήνουν κ. τάξεις X.Cyr.2.1.25
; αὐτὴ καθ' αὑτήν A.Pr. 1013
; κ. κώμας κατοικημένοι in separate villages, Hdt.1.96; κατ' ἑωυτοὺς ἕκαστοι ἐτράποντο each to his own home, Id.5.15; κ. πόλεις ἀποπλεῦσαι, διαλυθῆναι, Th.1.89, 3.1: στρατιὰ κ. ἕνδεκα μέρη κεκοσμημένη Pl.Phdr. 247a
; later οἱ κατ' ἄνδρα λόγοι PLond.2.259.72
(i A. D.), cf. D.Chr.32.6, etc.; ἡ κατ' οἰκίαν ἀπογραφή PLond.3.904.20
(ii A.D.), etc.; κατ' ἔπος word by word, Ar.Ra. 802; κατ' ὄνομα individually, 3 Ep.Jo.15, etc.; παῖδα κ. κρήνην at each fount a boy, Lyr.Alex.Adesp.37.13, cf. POxy 2108.9 (iii A.D.).

2 of Time, καθ' ἡμέραν, κατ' ἦμαρ, day by day, daily, v. ἡμέρα 111; καθ' ἑνιαυτόν, κατ' ἔτος, Test.Epict.6.24, Ev.Luc.2.41, etc.; κ. μῆνα POxy.275.18
(i A.D.).

3 of Numbers, by so many at a time, καθ' ἕνα one at a time, individually, Hdt.7.104 (later
τὸ καθ' ἕν
detailed list, PTeb.47.34
(ii B.C.), etc.); κ. μίαν τε καὶ δύο by ones and twos, Hdt.4.113; δύο μνέαι τεταγμέναι κατ' ἄνδρα αἰχμάλωτον ἕκαστον Id.6.79
; ἐκ τῶν συμμάχων ἐξελέγετο κατ' ὀλίγους Id.8.113
; κ. τὰς πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι μνᾶς πεντακοσίας δραχμὰς εἰσφέρειν to pay 500 drachmae on every 25 minae, D.27.7;
κ. διακοσίας καὶ τριακοσίας ὁμοῦ τι τάλαντον διακεχρημένον
in separate sums of
200
and 300 drachmae, Id.27.11; of ships, κ. μίαν (sc. ναῦν) in column, Th.2.90; κ. μίαν ναῦν ἐπιτάττειν Plb.1.26.12
, cf. Th.2.84: Geom., μετρεῖν, μετρεισθαι κατά.. , measure, be measured a certain number of times, Euc.7 Def.8,9,al.; μετρεῖν κ. τὰς ἐν τῷ Β μονάδας as many times as there are units in B, Id.7.16.

III of direction towards an object or purpose, πλεῖν κ. πρῆξιν on a business, for or after a matter, Od. 3.72, 9.253; πλάζεσθαι κ. ληΐδα to rove in search of booty, 3.106; κ. ληΐην ἐκπλῶσαι Hdt.2.152
; ἔβη κ. δαῖτα Il.1.424
; ἐπιδημεῖν κατ' ἐμπορίαν IG22.141.32
, cf. Arist.Ath.11.1; κ. Χρέος τινὸς ἐλθεῖν come to seek his help, consult him, Od.11.479, etc.; ἵεται κ. τὴν φωνήν Hdt.2.70
; κ. θέαν ἥκειν to have come for the purpose of seeing, Th.6.31; κ. πλοῦν ἤδη ὤν Id.7.31
; καθ' ἁρπαγὴν ἐσκεδασμένοι X.An.3.5.2
; κ. τί; for what purpose? why? Ar.Nu. 239.

2 of pursuit, κ. πόδας τινὸς ἐλαύνειν Hdt.9.89
; simply κ. τινά after him, Id.1.84; ἰέναι κ. τοὺς ἄλλους Id.9.53
; κατ' ἴχνος on the track, S.Aj.32, A.Ag. 695 (lyr.); ὥσπερ κατ' ἴχνη κ. τὰ νῦν εἰρημένα ζῆν Pl.Phd. 115b
.

3 Geom., in adverbial phrases, κ. κάθετον in the same vertical line, Archim. Quadr.6; κατ' εὐθεῖάν τινι in the same straight line with.., Papp. 58.7.

IV of fitness or conformity, in accordance with, κ. θυμόν Il.1.136
; καθ' ἡμέτερον νόον after our liking, 9.108; κ. νόον πρήξωμεν Hdt.4.97
; κ. μοῖραν as is meet and right, Il.1.286; κατ' αἶσαν, κ. κόσμον, 10.445, 472; κ. νόμον Hes.Th. 417
; κὰν νόμον Pi.O.8.78
; κ. τοὺς νόμους IG22.1227.15
; αἰτίαν καθ' ἥντινα for what cause, A.Pr. 228; κατ' ἔχθραν, κ. φθόνον, for (i.e. because of) hatred, envy, Id.Supp. 336, Eu. 686; καθ' ἡδονήν τι δρᾶν, ποιεῖν, do as one pleases, Th. 2.37,53; κ. τὸ ἔχθος τὸ Θεσσαλῶν Hdt.8.30
, cf. 9.38; κ. φιλίαν, κατ' ἔχθος, Th.1.60, 103, etc.; κατ' ἄλλο μὲν οὐδέν, ὅτι δέ.. for no other reason but that.., Pl.Phdr. 229d; κ. δύναμιν to the best of one's power, Hdt.3.142, etc. ( κὰδ δ. Hes.Op. 336); κ. τρόπον διοικεῖν arrange suitably, Isoc.2.6,al.; κατ' εὐνοίην with goodwill, Hdt.6.108; κ. τὰ παρηγγελμένα X.An.2.2.8
, etc.; in quotations, according to, κατ' Αἰσχύλον Ar.Th. 134
; κ. Πίνδαρον Pl.Phdr. 227b
, etc.

2 in relation to, concerning, τὰ κατ' ἀνθρώπους = τὰ ἀνθρώπινα, A.Eu. 930, 310; τὰ κ. τὸν Τέλλον Hdt.1.31
; τὰ κ. τὴν Κύρου τελευτήν ib. 214; τὰ κ. πόλεμον military matters, Aeschin.1.181; αἱ κ. τὴν πόλιν οἰκονομίαι (opp. αἱ πολεμικαὶ πράξεις ) the management of public affairs, Din. 1.97; τὰ κ. τὰς θυσίας SIG506.7
(Delph., iii B.C.); so τὸ κατ' ὑμέας as far as concerns you, Hdt.7.158; τὸ κατ' ἐμέ as far as I am concerned, D.18.247; κ. τοῦτο in this respect, Hdt.5.3, etc.; κ. ταὐτά in the same way, Id.2.20; καθ' ὅτι so far as, Th.1.82, etc.

3 in Comparisons, corresponding with, after the fashion of, κρομύοιο λοπὸν κ. like the coat of an onion, dub. in Od.19.233; μέλος κ. Φοίνισσαν ἐμπολὰν πέμπεται Pi.P.2.67
; κ. Μιθραδάτην answering to the description of him, Hdt.1.121; τὴν ἰδέαν κ. πνιγέα like an oven in appearance, Ar.Av. 1001; κηδεῦσαι καθ' ἑαυτόν to marry in one's own rank of life, A.Pr. 890; οὐ κατ' ἄνθρωπον φρονεῖν Id.Th. 425
; λέγω κατ' ἄνδρα, μὴ θεόν, σέβειν ἐμέ Id.Ag. 925
; οὐ κατὰ σέ none of your sort, Chionid.1 (but ἵνα προσείπω σε κατὰ σέ to address you in your own style, Pl.Grg. 467c); τὸ κατ' ἐμὲ καὶ οὐ κατ' ἐμέ Arr.Epict.1.28.5
; οὐ κ. τὰς Μειδίου λῃτουργίας D.21.169
; ἡ βασιλεία κ. τὴν ἀριστοκρατίαν ἐστί Arist.Pol. 1310b3
: freq. after a [comp] Comp., μέζων ἢ κατ' ἀνθρώπων φύσιν Hdt.8.38
, cf. Pl.Ap. 20e, etc.; μείζω ἢ κ. δάκρυα too great for tears, Th.7.75; ἤθεα βαθύτερα ἢ κ. Θρήϊκας morerefined than was common among the Thracians, Hdt.4.95.

V by the favour of a god, etc., κ. δαίμονα Pi.O.9.28
, cf. P.8.68; κ. θεῖον Ar.Eq. 147
codd. (κ. θεὸν Cobet); κ. τύχην τινά D.48.24
.

VI of round numbers (v. infr. v11.2), nearly, about, κ. Χίλια ἑξακόσια ἔτεα 1600
years more or less, Hdt.2.145, cf. 6.44, al.; κατ' οὐδέν next to nothing, Pl.Plt. 302b.

VII of Time, during or in the course of a period, κ. τὸν πόλεμον Hdt.7.137
; καθ' ἡμέραν, κατ' ἦμαρ, by day, A. Ch. 818, Ag. 668; κατ' εὐφρόνην Id.Pers. 221
; κ. Χειμῶνα, κ. θερείαν, PLille 1r14 (iii B.C.), PTeb.27.60 (ii B.C.).

2 about, κ. τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον Χρόνον Hdt.3.131
, etc.; κ. τοὺς θανάτους τῶν βασιλέων Id.6.58
; esp. with names of persons, κ. Ἄμασιν βασιλεύοντα about the time of Amasis, Id.2.134; κ. τὸν κ. Κροῖσον Χρόνον Id.1.67
; οἱ κατ' ἐκεῖνον (sc. τὸν Ἀλκιβιάδην) ὑμέτεροι πρόγονοι D.21.146
(v.l. κατ' ἐκ. τὸν Χρόνον) ; κ. τοὺς Ἡρακλείδας X.Lac.10.8
; οἱ καθ' ἑαυτοὺς ἄνθρωποι their contemporaries, Id.Mem.3.5.10.

3 καθ' ἕτος this year, SIG 284.24 (Erythrae, iv B.C.), OGI458.64 (i B.C./iA.D.), CIG3641b5,38 ([place name] Lampsacus).

VIII periphrastically with abstract Subst., κατ' ἡσυχίην, κ. τάχος, = ἡσύχως, ταχέως, Hdt.1.9,7.178; κ. κράτος by force, X.HG2.1.19, etc.; κ. μέρος partially, Arist.Po. 1456a16; individually, severally, Pl.Tht. 157b, Lg. 835a; κ. φύσιν naturally, Hdt. 2.38, Pl.R. 428e; κ. τὴν τέχνην skilfully, Luc.DDeor.20.7; οὔτ' ἐμοὶ λέγειν καθ' ἡδονήν [ ἐστι] it is not pleasant for me to tell you, A.Pr. 263.

C Position: κατά may follow both its cases, and is then written with anastr. κάτα, as Il.20.221, etc.; so also in tmesi, when it follows its Verb, 17.91.

D abs. as ADV. in all the above senses, esp. like κάτω, downwards, from above, down, freq. in Hom.

E κατά in COMPOS.,

I downwards, down, as in καταβαίνω, καταβάλλω, κατάκειμαι, καταπέμπω, καταπίπτω, καταπλέω 1
.

II in answer to, in accordance with, as in κατᾴδω ( occino), καταινέω, καταθύμιος.

III against, in hostile sense (cf. A.11.5), as in καταγιγνώσκω, κατακρίνω, καταψηφίζομαι: more rarely with a Subst., as καταδίκη.

IV back, back again, as in κάτειμι, καταπορεύομαι, καταπλέω 11
.

V freq. only to strengthen the notion of the simple word, as in κατακόπτω, κατακτείνω, καταφαγεῖν, etc.; also with Substs. and Adjs., as in κατάδηλος, κάτοξος.

VI sts. to give a trans. force to an intr. Verb, our be-, as in καταθρηνέω bewail.

VII implying waste or consumption, as in καταλειτουργέω, καθιπποτροφέω, καταζευγοτροφέω: and generally in a disparaging sense, as in καταγιγνώσκω 1
.

F κατά as a Prep. was shortd. in some dialects, esp. in [dialect] Ep., into κάγ, κάδ, κάκ, κάμ, κάν, κάπ, κάρ, κάτ, before γ, δ, κ, μ, ν, π (or φ) , ῥ, τ (or θ), respectively; see these forms in their own places. Mss. and the older Edd. join the Prep. with the following word, as καγγόνυ, καδδέ, κακκεφαλῆς, καππεδίον, καπφάλαρα, καρρόον, καττάδε, καττόν, etc. In compd. Verbs, κατά sts. changes into καβ, καλ, καρ, κατ, before β, λ, ρ, θ, respectively, as κάββαλε, κάλλιπε, καρρέζουσα, κάτθανε; and before στ, σχ, the second syll. sts. disappears, as in καστορνῦσα, κάσχεθε, as also in the [dialect] Dor. forms καβαίνων, κάπετον.

------------------------------------

κατά [(B)],

A = κατὰ τά, IG22.334.15; cf. κά. [full] κᾆτα, [dialect] Att. crasis for καὶ εἶτα, v. εἶτα sub fin. [full] κατάβα, for κατάβηθι, [tense] aor. 2 imper. of καταβαίνω.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κατά
17 скорость

speed
в механике - одна из основных характеристик движения материальной точки. — rate of motion. speed and velocity are often used interchangeably although some authorities maintain that velocity should be used only for the vector quantity.
- (вектор) (рис.124) — velocity (vel)
величина скорости в данном направлении, — а vector quantity equal to speed in a given direction.
- (темп изменения величины) — rate
- аварийного слива топлива (в воздухе) — fuel dumping /jettison/ rate. jettison rate for all tanks and all boost pumps operating is... kg per minute.
- аварийного слива топлива (производительность слива) порядка 2000 л/мин — fuel dump rate of 2000 liters per minute
- азимутальной коррекции (гироскопа) — azimuth erection rate
-, безопасная — safety speed
- бокового движения (вертолета) — sideward flight speed
- бокового перемещения (скольжения) — lateral velocity
скорость относительно невозмущенного воздуха в направлении поперечной оси. — the velocity relative to the undisturbed air in the direction of the lateral axis.
-, большая — high speed
-, большая (стеклоочистителя) — fast rate (fast)
"- велика" (надпись на указателе отклонения от заданной скорости прибора пкп) — fast
-, вертикальная — vertical speed
- вертикальная (для ссос) — descent /sink/ rate
-, вертикальная (при посадке) — descent velocity

with а limit descent velocity of... f.p.s. at the design landing weight...
- ветра (величина) — wind speed (ws)
скорость массы воздуха в горизонтальном направлении. — ws is horizontal velocity of а mass of air.
- ветра (величина и направление) (рис.124) — wind velocity
фактическая скорость ветра на высоте 50 фт. по сообщению) диспетчера. зафиксировать скорость и направление ветра. — the actual wind velocity at 50 foot height reported from the tower. record wind velocity and direction.
- ветра (название шкалы на графике) — wind
- ветра (сообщаемая диспетчерским пунктом или по метеосводке) — reported wind (speed)
- в зависимости от высоты и веса, вертикальная — vertical speed for altitude and weight
- взлета, безопасная (v2) — takeoff safety speed (v2)
скорость, достигаемая на первом этапе взлета, и выбираемая таким образом, чтобы обеспечить безопасное получение нормируемых градиентов набора высоты на втором этапе взлета. — the scheduled target speed to be attained at the 35 feet height with one engine inoperative.
- взлета, минимальная безопасная (v2 min) — minimum takeoff safety speed (v2 min)
наименьшая допустимая скорость на 1-м этапе взлета.
- взлета, минимально эволютивная (vmin эв) — air minimum control speed (v мса)
- в зоне ожидания — holding speed
- в момент отказа критического двигателя (при взлете) — critical engine failure speed (v1)
- в момент принятия решения (при взлете) — decision speed (v1)
-, воздушная — airspeed
скорость полета ла относительно воздуха, независимо от пути, пройденного относительно земной поверхности, — the rate of speed at which an aircraft is traveling through the atmosphere (air), and is independent of any distance covered on the surface of the earth.
- возникновения бафтинга — buffet (onset) speed
- возникновения бафтинга, предшествующего срыву — pre-stall buffet speed
- возникновения предупреждающей тряски (vтp) — pre-stall warning speed
скорость, при которой возникают заметные естественные или искусственно созданные признаки близости сваливания.
- возникновения флаттера — flutter (onset) speed
- восстановления (гироскопа) большая — fast erection rate
- вращения — rotational speed (n, n)
оборотов за единицу времени. — revolutions per unit time.
- вращения земли, угловая — earth('s) angular velocity
- вращения колеса (напр., при взлете) — tire speed. ; maximum takeoff weight restricted by tire speed
- в точке принятия решения — decision speed
- в точке принятия решения (при отказе критического двигателя) — critical engine failure speed
- встречного ветра — headwind speed
- встречного ветра (название шкалы на графике) — headwind
- в условиях турбулентности — rough air speed (vra)
- входа в зону турбулентности, заданная — target (air)speed for turbulent air penetration
-, выбранная заявителем — speed selected by the applicant
- выпуска (или уборки) шасси, максимальная — landing gear operating speed (vlo)
максимальная скорость полета, при которой разрешается выпускать или убирать шасси. — maximum speed at which it is safe to extend or retract the landing gear.
- выхода (гидросамолета, са молета-амфибии) на редан — hump speed. the speed at which the water resistance of a seaplane or amphibian is hignest.
- газового потока (через двиг.) — gas flow velocity
- герметизации кабины — cabin pressurization rate
-, гиперзвуковая — hypersonic speed
скорости от м-5 и выше. — pertaining to speeds of mach 5 or greater.
- горизонтального полета — level flight speed, speed in level flight
- горизонтального полета на максимальном продолжительном режиме (двиг.), максимальная — maximum speed in level flight with maximum continuous power
- горизонтального полета на расчетном режиме работы двигателей, максимальная — maximum speed in level flight with rated rpm and power
- движения назад (вертолета) — rearward (flight) speed
-, демонстрационная — demonstrated speed
- дисс (доплеровского измерителя скорости и сноса) — doppler velocity
- для определения характеристик устойчивости, максимальная — maximum speed for stability characteristic (vfc)
- горизонтального полета на режиме максимальной продолжительной мощности (тяги) — maximum speed in level flight with maximum continuous power (or thrust) (vh)
-, дозвуковая — subsonic speed
-, докритическая — pre-stall speed
-, допустимая — allowable speed
-, допустимая (ограниченная) — limiting speed
-, заданная воздушная — target airspeed
- заданная подвижным индексом — bug speed. fuel dumping may be necessary to reduce the bug speed.
- заправки топливом — fueling rate, fuel delivery rate
- захода на посадку (vзп) — approach speed (vapp)
- захода на посадку при всех работающих двигателях — approach speed with all engines operating
- захода на посадку при одном неработающем двигателе — approach speed with one engine inoperative
- захода на посадку с убранными закрылками — no flap approach speed
- захода на посадку с убранными закрылками и предкрылками — no flap-no slat approach speed. аn approach speed of 15 knots below no flap-no slat approach speeds can be used.
- захода на посадку с убранными предкрылками — no slat approach speed. with the leading edge slats extended, an approach speed of 15 knots below no flap - no slat approach speeds can be used.
-, звуковая — sonic speed
скорость ла или его части. равная скорости звука в данных условиях. — the speed of sound. when an object travels in air at the same speed as that of sound in the same medium.
-, земная индикаторная (v13) (из) — calibrated airspeed (cas)
- изменения (величины) — rate (of change)
- изменения бокового отклонения — crosstrack (distance) deviation rate, xtk deviation rate
- изменения шага (винта) — pitch-change rate
-, индикаторная воздушная — equivalnet airspeed (eas)
-, индикаторная земная (v13, из) (сша) — calibrated airspeed (cas)
равна показанию указателя скорости (приборной скорости) с учетом аэродинамической поправки (и инструментальной погрешности). напр., 150 км/ч из. — airspeed indicator reading, as installed in airplane, corrected for (static source) position (and instrument) error. cas is equal to the tas in standard atmosphere at sea level.
-, индикаторная земная (англ.) — rectified air speed (ras). ras is the indicated airspeed corrected for instrument and position errors.
- истечения выходящих газов (из реактивного сопла газотурбинного двигателя) — exhaust velocity, speed of ехhaust gases. the velocity of gaseous or other particles (exhaust stream) that exhaust through the nozzle.
-, истинная воздушная (ис) — true airspeed (tas)
скорость самолета относительно невозмущенного воздуха, равная скорости. — the speed of the airplane relative to undisturbed air.
-, истинная воздушная (по числу m) — true mach number (m)
показания указателя числа м c учетом аэродинамической поправки для приемника статического давления. — machmeter reading corrected for static source position error.
- касания (при посадке) — touch-down speed
- коррекции гироскопа — gyro erection rate
- коррекции гироскопа в азимуте — gyro azimuth erection rate
- коррекции гироскопа по крену и тангажу — gyro roll/pitch erection rate
- крейсерская — cruising speed
скорость полета, не превышающая 90 % расчетной скорости горизонтального полета. — а speed not greater than 90 % of the design level speed.
-, крейсерская расчетная — design cruising speed (vc)
- крена, угловая — rate of roll, roll rate
-, критическая (сваливания) — stalling speed (vs)
-, линейная — linear velocity
скорость в заданном направлении для определения скорости. — speed acting in one specified direction defines velocity.
-, линейная (скорость движения no прямой) — linear speed. rate of motion in a straight iine.
-, максимальная допустимая эксплуатационная (no терминологии икао) — maximum permissible operating speed
-, максимальная маневренная — maneuvering speed (va)
нe допускать максимального отклонения поверхности управления при превышении максимальной маневренной скорости. — maximum deflection of flight controls should not be used above va.
-, максимальная посадочная (vп max) — maximum landing speed
-, максимальная предельнодопустимая — maximum operating limit speed
-, максимальная предельнодопустимая, приборная — maximum operating limit indicated airspeed (ias)
-, максимальная эксплуатационная — maximum operating limit speed (vmo)
- максимально допустимая (vмд) — maximum operating limit speed (vmo)
- максимальной продопжительности (полета) — high-endurance cruise speed
"- мала" (надпись на указателе отклонения от заданной скорости прибора пкп) — slow
-, малая — low speed
-, малая (стеклоочистителя) — slow rate (slow)
-, минимальная — minimum speed
наименьшая установившаяся скорость горизонтального полета на высоте, значительно превышающей размер крыла, при любом режиме работы двигателей, — the lowest steady speed which can be maintained by an airplane in level flight at an altitude large in comparison with the dimension of the wings, with any throttle setting.
-, минимальная (полетная) — minimum flying speed
наименьшая установившаяся скорость, выдерживаемая при любом режиме работы двигателей в горизонтальном полете на высоте, превышающей размах крыла, — the lowest steady speed that can be maintained with any throttle setting whatsoever, by an airplane in level flight at an altitude above the ground, greater than the span of the wing.
-, минимальная посадочная (vп min) — minimum landing speed
-, минимально эволютивная (vminэ) — minimum control speed (vmc)
скорость, при которой в случае отказа критического двигателя обеспечивается возможность управления самолетом для выдерживания прямолинейного полета на данной скорости, при нулевом рыскании и угле крена не более 5°. — vmc is the speed at which, when the critical engine is suddenly made inoperative at that speed, it is possible to recover control of the airplane with the engine still inoperative and to maintain it in straight flight at that speed, either with zero yaw or with an angle of bank not in excess of 5°.
-, минимально эволютивная (в воздухе) (vminэв) — air minimum control speed (vmca)
минимальная скорость полета, при которой обеспечивается управление самолетом с макс. креном до 5° в случае отказа критического двигателя и при работе остальных двигателей на взлетном режиме. — the minimum flight speed at which the airplane is controllable with а maximum of 5 deg. bank when the critical engine suddenly becomes inoperative with the remaining engines at take-off thrust.
-, минимально эволютивная (на земле) (vmin эр) — ground minimum control speed (vmcg)
минимальная скорость разбега, обеспечивающая продолжение взлета, с использеванием только аэродинамических поверхностей правления, в случае отказа критич. двиг. и при работе остальных двигателей на взлетном режиме. — the minimum speed on the ground at which the takeoff can be continued, utilizing aerodynamic controls alone, when the critical engine suddenly becomes inoperative with the remaining engines at takeoff thrust.
-, минимально эволютивная (при начальном наборе высоты) — minimum control speed (at takeoff climb)
-, минимально эволютивная (у земли) — minimum control speed near ground
-, минимально допустимая эксплуатационная — minimum operating speed
- набора высоты (вдоль траектории) — climb speed
- набора высоты (вертикальная) — rate of climb
при проверке летных характеристик - вертикальная составляющая возд. скор. в условиях станд. атмосферы. в обычном полете - скорость удаления от земной поверхности. — in performance testing, the vertical component of the air speed in standard atmosphere. in general flying, the rate of ascent from tfle earth.
- набора высоты на маршруте — enroute climb speed
- набора высоты, начальная — initial climb-out speed
- набора высоты с убранными закрылками — flaps up climb(ing) speed, no flap climb speed
- на высоте 15м, посадочная — landing reference speed (vref)
минимальная скорость на высоте 15м при нормальной посадке. — the minimum speed at the 50 foot height in a normal landing.
- нагрева — heating rate
- наибольшей дальности — best range cruise speed
- наибольшей продолжительности полета — high-endurance cruise speed
- наивыгоднейшего набора высоты — speed for best rate of climb (vy)
- наивыгоднейшего угла траектории набора высоты — speed for best angle of climb (vx)
- на маршруте — еп route speed
- на режиме максимальной дальности, крейсерская — long-range cruise speed
- на режиме наибольшей дальности — best range cruise speed
- на режиме наибольшей продолжительности — high-endurance cruise speed
- начала изменения положения механизации (при взлете,v3) — speed at start of extendable (high-lift) devices retraction (v3)
- начала подъема передней опоры (при взлете) — rotation speed (vr)
- начала торможения (vн.т.) — brake application speed, speed at start of (wheel) brakes application
- начального набора высоты — initial climb speed, climb-out speed
- начального набора высоты (v4) (в конце полной взлетной дистанции) — initial climb speed (v4)
- начального набора высоты, установившаяся — steady initial climb speed. take-off safety speed, v2, at 35 feet shall be consistent with achievement of smooth transition to steady initial climb speed, v4 at height of 400 feet.
- (максимальная), непревышаемая — never exceed speed (vne)
-, нормируемая — rated speed
- обнаружения (искомого) светила (звезды) телескопом (астрокорректора) — star-detection rate of telescope
- образования (напр., льда) — rate of (ice) formation
-, ограниченная заявителем — speed selected by the applicant

the approach and landing speeds must be selected by the applicant.
-, ограниченная энергоемкостью тормозов — maximum brake energy speed (vmbe)
максимальная скорость движения самолета по земле, при которой энергоемкость тормозов сможет обеспечить полную остановку самолета, — the maximum speed on the ground from which a stop can be accomplished within the energy capabilities of the brakes.
-, околозвуковая — transonic speed
скорость в диапазоне от м = 0,8 - 1,2. — speed in а range of mach 0.8 to 1.2.
-, окружная — circumferential speed
-, окружная (конца лопасти) — tip speed
-, окружная (тангенциальная, касательная) — radial velocity. doppler effect in terms of radial velocity of a target.
-, опасная (самолета, превышающая vмо/mмо) — aircraft overspeed (а/с ovsp). speed exceeding vmo/mmo
- определяется для гладкой, сухой впп с жестким покрытием — vi speed is based on smooth, dry, hard surfaced runways
-, оптимальная — best speed
- отказа критического двигателя (при взлете) — critical engine failure speed (v1)
скорость, при которой после обнаружения отказавшего двигателя, дистанция продолжительного взлета до высоты 10,7 м не превышает располагаемой дистанции взлета, или дистанция до полной остановки не превышает располагаемой дистанции прерванного взлета, — the speed at which, when an engine failure is recognized, the distance to continue the takeoff to а height of 35 feet will not exceed the usable takeoff distance or, the distance to bring the airplane to а full stop will not exceed the accelerate-stop distance available.
- (сигнал) от доплеровской системы — doppler velocity
- от измерителя дисс (доплеровский измеритель путевой скорости и сноса), путевая — gappier ground speed (gsd)
- откачки (слива) топлива (на земле) — defueling rate, fuel off-loading rate
- отклонения закрылков — rate of the flaps motion
- отклонения от глиссады — glide slope deviation rate
- отклонения поверхности ynравления — control surface deflection rate
-, относительная — relative speed, speed of relative movement

motion of an aircraft relative to another.
- отработки (скорость изменения индикации прибора в зависимости от изменения параметра) — response rate /speed/, rate of response
- отработки астропоправки по курсу — rate /speed/ of response to celestial correction to azimuth e rror
- отработки поправки — correction response rate /speed/
- отработки сигнала — signal response rate
- отрыва (ла) — lirt-off speed (vlof:)
скорость в момент отрыва основных опорных устройств самолета от впп по окончании разбега при взлете (vотр.). — vlof is the speed at which the airplane first becomes airborne.
- отрыва колеса (характеристика тормозного колеса) — wheel unstick speed
-, отрыва, минимальная — minimum unstick speed (vmu)
устаназливается разработчиком (заявителем), как наименьшая скор, движения самолета на взлете, при которой еще можно производить отрыв самолета и затем продолжать взлет без применения особых методов пилотирования. — the speed selected by the applicant at and above which the airplane can be made to lift off the ground and сопtinue the take-off without displaying any hazardous characteristics.
- отрыва носового колеса (или передней стойки шасси) (vп.oп) — rotation speed (vr)
скорость начала преднамеренного увеличения угла тангажа при разбеге (рис. 113). — the speed at which the airplane rotation is initiated during the takeoff.

vr is the speed at which the nosewheel is raised and the airplane is rotated to the lift off attitude.
- отрыва передней опоры при взлете (vп.оп) — rotation speed
- перевода в набор высоты (после взлета) — initial climb speed
- перемещения органа управления — rate of control movement /displacement/
- пересечения входной кромки впп (vвк) — threshold speed (vt)
скорость самолета, с которой он пролетает над входной кромкой впп.
- пересечения входной кромки впп, демонстрационная — demonstrated threshold speed
- пересечения входной кромки впп, максимальная (vвк max.) — maximum threshold speed (vmt)
- пересечения входной кромки впп, намеченная (заданная) — target threshold speed (vtt). target threshold speed is the speed which the pilot aims to reach when the airplane crosses the threshold.
- пересечения входной кромки впп при нормальной работе всех двигателей (vвкn) — threshold speed with all еngines operating
- пересечения входной кромки впп при нормальной работе всех двигателей, намеченная (заданная) — target threshold speed with all engines operating
- пересечения входной кромки впп с двумя неработающими двигателями (vвк n-2) — threshold speed with two еngines inoperative
- пересечения входной кромки впп с одним неработающим двиг. (vвкn-1) — threshold speed with one еngine inoperative
- пересечения входной кромки впп с одним неработающим двигателем, намеченная (заданная) — target threshold speed with one engine inoperative
- пикирования — diving speed
- пикирования, демонстрационная — demonstrated flight diving speed (vdf)
-, пикирования, расчетная — design diving speed (vd)
- планирования — gliding speed
- планирования при заходе на посадку — gliding approach speed
- по азимуту, угловая — rate of turn
- поворота, угловая — rate of turn
- подъема передней опоры (стойки) шасси — rotation speed (vr)
скорость начала увеличения yгла тангажа на разбеге, преднамеренно создаваемого отклонением штурвала на себя для вывода самолета на взлетный угол атаки (vп.ст.). — the speed at which the airplane rotation is initiated during the takeoff, to lift /to rise/ the nose gear off the runway.
- поиска (искомой) звезды телескопом — (target) star detection rate of telescope

detection rate is the ratio of field of view to detection time.
-пo курсу, угловая — rate of turn
- полета — flight speed
- полета в болтанку — rough air speed (vra)
- полета в зоне ожидания — holding speed
- полета в неспокойном (турбулентном) воздухе — rough air speed (vra)
- полета для длительных режимов, наибольшая (vнэ) — normal operating limit speed (vno)
- полета, максимальная — maximum flying speed
- полета на наибольшую дальность крейсерская — best range cruise speed
- полета на наибольшую продолжительность — high-endurance cruise speed
- полета на режиме максимальной продолжительной мощности — speed (in flight) with maximum continuous power (or thrust)
- полета при болтанке — rough air speed (vra)
- полета с максимальной крейсерской тягой — speed (in flight) with maximum cruise /cruising/ thrust
-, пониженная — reduced (air) speed
при невозможности уборки створок реверса тяги продолжайте полет на пониженной скорости. — if reverser cannot be stowed, continue (flight) at reduced speed.
- по прибору (пр) — indicated airspeed (ias)
- попутного ветра — tailwind speed
- попутного ветра (название шкалы на графике) — tailwind
- порыва ветра — gust velocity
-, посадочная (vп) — landing speed
скорость самолета в момент касания основными его опорными устройствами поверхности впп — the minimum speed of an airplane at the instant of contact with the landing area in a normal landing.
-, посадочная (на высоте 15м) — landing reference speed (vref)
минимальная скорость на высоте 50 фт в условиях нормальной посадки, равная 1.3 скорости сваливания в посадочной конфигурации ла. — the minimum speed at 50 foot height in normal langin. equal to (1.3) times the stall speed in landing configuration.
-, постоянная — constant speed
-, поступательная (скорость движения вертолета вперед) — forward speed. steady angle of helicopter glide must be determined in autorotation, and with the optimum forward speed.
- по тангажу, угловая — rate of pitch
- потока газа (проходящего через двигатель, в фт/сек) — gas flow velocity (fps), vel f.p.s.
-, предельная (vпред.) — maximum operating limit speed (vmo)
скорость, преднамеренное превышение которой не допускается на всех режимах полета (набор высоты, крейсерский полет, снижение), кроме особо оговоренных случаев, допускаемых при летных испытаниях или тренировочных полетах. — speed that may not be deliberately exceeded in any regime of normal flight (climb, cruise or descent), unless а higher speed is authorized for flight test or pilot training operations.
-, предельно (свободно падающего тела) — terminal velocity
-, предельная (скорость самолета, превышающая допустимые ограничения vmo/mmo) — aircraft overspeed (а/с ovsp) а/с ovsp annunciator warns of exceeding air speed limitations (vmo/mmo)
-, предельно допустимая эксплуатационная (vпред.) — maximum operating limit speed (vmo)
- прецессии (гироскопа) — precession rate
- приближения (сближения) — closure rate
- приближения к земле (чрезмерная) — (excessive) closure rate to terrain, excessive rate of descent with respect to terrain
-,приборная воздушная (vпр) (пр) — indicated airspeed (ias)
показания указателя скорости, характеризующие величину скоростного напора, а не скорость перемещения самолета (напр.,150 км/ч пр). — airspeed indicator reading, as installed in the airplane, uncorrected for airspeed indicator system errors.
- приборная исправленная с учетом аэродинамической поправки и инструментальной погрешности прибора — calibrated airspeed (cas)
- при включении и выключении реверса тяги, максимальная — maximum speed for extending and retracting the thrust reverser, thrust reverser operating speed
- при включении стеклоочистителей лобовых стекол — windshield wiper operation speed
(т.е., скорость полета, при которой разрешается включать стеклоочистители) — do not operate the w/s wipers at speed in excess of... km/hr.
- при включении тормозов (при пробеге) — brake-on speed
- при выпуске воздушных тормозов — speed brake operating speed (vsb)
- при выпуске (уборке) посадочной фары — landing light operation speed
- при выпущенных интерцепторах (спойлерах), расчетная максимальная — design speller extended speed
- при выпуске (уборке) шасси, максимальная — maximum landing gear operating speed (vlo)
- при заходе на посадку и посадке, минимальная эволютивная — minimum control speed at арpreach and landing (vmcl)
- при (напр., взлетной) конфигурации самолета — speed in (takeaff) configuration
- при максимальной силе порыва ветра, расчетная — design speed for maximum gust intensity (vb)
- при максимальных порывах ветра, расчетная — design speed for maximum gust intensity
- при наборе высоты — climb speed
- при наборе высоты, наивыгоднейшая (оптимальная) — best climb speed
- при наборе высоты по маршруту на конечном участке чистой траектории — еn route climb speed at final net flight path segment
- принятия решения (v1) — (takeoff) decision speed (v1), critical engine failure speed (v1)
наибольшая скорость разбега самолета, при которой в случае отказа критич. двиг. (отказ распознается на этой скорости) возможно как безопасное прекращение, так и безопасное продолжение взлета. (рис. 113) — the speed at which, when an engine failure is recognized, the distance to continue the takeoff to а height of 35 feet will not exceed the usable takeoff distance, or, the distance to bring the airplane to а full stop will not exceed the accelerate-stop distance available.
- принятия решения относительная (v1/vr) — engine failure speed ratio (v1/vr ratio)
отношение скорости принятия решения v1 к скорости подъема передней стойки шасси vr. — the ratio of the engine failure speed, v1, for actual runway dimensions and conditions, to the rotation speed, vr
- принятия решения (v1), принятая при расчете макс. допустимого взлетного веса — critical engine failure speed (v1) assumed for max. allowable take-off weight max, allowable т.о. wt is derived from the corresponding critical engine failure speed (v1).
- при отказе критического двигателя (при взлете) — critical engine failure speed (v1)
- при отрыве носового колеса (см. скорость подъема передней опоры) (рис. 113) — rotation speed (vr)
- при предпосадочном маневре — (approach) pattern speed. overshooting the turn on final approach may occur with the higher (approach) pattern speed.
- при снижении — speed in descent
- при экстремальном снижении — emergency descent speed
- проваливания (резкая потеря высоты) — sink rate
- продольной составляющей ветра (график) — wind component parallel to flight path
- прохождения порога, максимальная — maximum threshold speed
- путевая (w) — ground speed (gs)
скорость перемещения самолета относительно земной поверхности, измеряемая вдоль линии пути. — aircraft velocity relative to earth surface measured along the present track.
- разбега, мннимально-эволю тивная (vmin эр) — round minimum control speed vmcg)
- разгерметизации — rate of decompression
- раскрытия (парашюта), критическая — critical opening speed
- рассогласования — rate of disagreement
-, расчетная — design speed
-, расчетная предельная (пикирования) — design diving speed (vd)
-, расчетная крейсерская — design cruising speed (vc)
-, расчетная маневренная — design maneuvering speed (va)
максимальная скорость, при которой максимальное отклонение поверхностей управления (элеронов,ph. рв) не вызывает опасных напряжений в конструкции ла. — the maximum speed at which application of full available aileron, rudder or elevator will not overstress the airplane.
- реакции — reaction rate
- реверса (поверхностей) управления — reversal speed
минимальная индикаторнаявоздушная скорость при которой возникает реверс поверхностей управления. — the lowest equivalent air speed at which reversal of control occurs.
-, рекомендованная изготовителем — manufacturer's recommended speed
-, рейсовая — block speed
-, рулежная — taxiing speed
- рыскания, угловая — rate of yaw, yaw rate
- сближения — closure /closing/ rate /speed/, rate of closure
скорость с которой два объекта приближаются друг к другу. — the speed at which two bodies approach each other.
- сближения с землей, опасная (чрезмерная) — excessive closure rate to terrain
- сваливания (vс) — stalling speed (vs)
скорость сваливания определяется началом сваливания самолета при заданных: конфигурации самолета, его полетном весе и режиме работы двигателей. — means the stalling speed or the minimum steady flight speed at which the airplane is controllabie.
- сваливания, минимальная (vсmin.) — minimurn stalling speed
- сваливания, приборная — indicated stalling speed

the indlcalcid air speed at the stall.
- сваливания при посадочной конфигурации (vсо) — stalling speed (vso). stalling speed or minimum steady flighl speed in landing configuration.
- сваливания при наработающих двигателях — power-off stalling speed
- сваливания при работающих двигателях — power-off stalling speed
- сваливания при рассматриваемой конфигурации самолета (vс1) — stalling speed (vs1). stalling speed or minimum steady. flight speed obtained in a specified configuration.
- сваливания с закрылками в посадочном положении, минимальная — minimum stalling speed with wing-flaps in landing setting
-, сверхзвуковая — supersonic speed
скорость, превышающая скорость звука, — pertaining to, or dealing with, speeds greater than the acoustic velocity.
- с выпущенными закрылками, максимальная — maximum flap extended speed (vfe)
- с выпущенными шасси, максимальная — maximum landing gear extended speed (vle)
максимальная скорость, при которой разрешается полет с выпущенным шасси, — maximum speed at which the airplane can be safety flown with the landing gear extended.
- скоса потока вниз — downwash velocity
- слежения за изменением высоты (корректором высоты) — rate of response to altitude variation /change/
- слива (откачки) топлива (на земле) — defueling rate, fuel off-loading rate
- снижения — speed of /in/ descent
-, снижения (напр., при посадке) — rate of sink, sink rate. touchdown at minimum rate of sink.
- снижения, вертикальная — rate of descent, descent /sink/ rate
- снижения в момент касания (водной поверхности при аварийной посадке на воду) — impact sink speed. the impact sink speed should be kept below 100 fpm to minimize the risk of a primary fuselage structural failure.
- снижения парашюта — parachute rate of descent
- снижения парашютов с единичным грузом — rate of descent of single cargo parachutes
- снижения, чрезмерная — excessive rate of descent, excessive sink rate
- сноса — drift rate
- согласования (гироагрегата) — rate of slaving, slaving rate
- согласования следящих сиетем (инерциальной системы) — servo loop slaving rate
- с отказавшим критическим двигателем, минимальная эеолютивная — minimum control speed with the critical engine inoperative (vmc)
- с полностью убранными закрылками, посадочная — zero flap landing speed

zero flap landing ground speeds are obviously high so fuel dumping may be necessary to reduce the bug speed.
- спуска, вертикальная — rate of sink, sink rate

touchdown at minimum rate of sink. perform high sink rate maneuver.
-, средняя — average speed
-, средняя эксплуатационная (коммерческая) — block speed
- срыва (см. скорость сваливания) — stalling speed (vs)
- схода (ракеты) с направляющей — launch(ing) speed
- тангажа, угловая — rate of pitch, pitch rate
-, текущая — current speed

ete calculation is based on current ground speed.
- (уборки) выпуска шасси, максимальная — maximum landing gear operating speed (vlo)
-, угловая — angular velocity
изменение угла за единицу времени, — the change of angle per unit time.
-, угловая — angular speed, angular rate, angular velocity
изменение направления за единицу времени, напр., отметки (цели) на экране радиолокатора. — change of direction per unit time, as for a target on a radar screen.
-, угловая инерционная (корпуса гироскопа относительно к-л. оси) — nertial angular velocity (of gyro case about the indicated axis)
-, угловая, (координатного сопровождающего) трехгранника (относительно земли) — angular velocity of moving соordinate trihedral
- у земли, минимальная эволютивная — minimum control speed near ground
-, установившаяся — steady speed
- установившегося полета, минимальная — minimum steady flight speed
- установившегося разворота, угловая — sustained turn rate (str)
- ухода гироскопа — gyro drift rate
- ухода гироскопа в азимуте — azimuth drift rate of the gyro
- флаттера, критическая — flutter speed
наименьшая индикаторная скорость, при которой возникает флаттер, — the lowest equivalent air speed at which flutter occurs.
"(-) число м" (кнопка) — v/m (button or key)
-, эволютивная (минимальная) — (minimum) control speed (vmc)
- эволютивная разбега, минимальная (vmin эр) — ground minimum control speed (vmcg)
-, экономическая — economic speed
скорость полета, при которой обеспечивается минимальный расход топлива на единицу пути в спокойном воздухе. — the flight speed at which the fuel consumption per unit of distance covered in still air, is а minimum.
-, экономическая крейсерская — economic cruising speed
-, эксплуатационная — operating speed
гашение с. — deceleration
на с. км/час — at а speed of km/hr
набор с. — acceleration
на полной с. — at full speed
нарастание с. — acceleration
переход к с. (набора высоты) — transition to (climb) speed
при с. км/час — at а speed of km/hr
разгон (ла) до с. — acceleration to speed of...
уменьшение с. (процесс) — deceleration
выдерживать с. (точно) — maintain /hold/ speed (accurately)
выражать значение с. полета в виде приборной (индикаторной) скорости — state (he speeds in terms of ias (eas)
гашение с. (перед выравниванием) — speed bleed-off (before flare)
гасить с. — decelerate
достигать с. (величина) — attain а speed of (... km/hr)
достигать с. (обозначание) — reach the speed (v1)
задавать с. — set up (speed, rate)
задавать с. км/час (при проверке барометрических приборов на земле) — apply pressure corresponding to а speed of... km/hr
набирать с. — gain /pick up/ speed, accelerate
увеличивать с. — increase speed, accelerate
уменьшать с. — decrease speed, decelerate
устанавливать с. (полета) — set up speed

Русско-английский сборник авиационно-технических терминов > скорость
18 ante

antĕ (old form anti, whence antidea, antideo, antidhac; v. antea, anteeo, and antehac) [Gr. anti, over against, facing, anta, antên; Sanscr. anti = over against; Germ. ant- in Ant-wort = Goth. anda-vaurdi, an answer, anda-nahti, the night before], prep. and adv. (acc. to Max. Victor. p. 1953, as prep. with the grave accent; as adv. with the acute on the last syl.).
I.
Prep. with acc., before (syn.: prae, pro).
A.
In space, or trop. in regard to estimation, judgment, or rank (usu. only of objects at rest. while prae is used of those in motion; cf. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 1, 21; v. exceptions infra).
1.
In space:
quem ante aedīs video,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 136:
ante ostium Me audivit stare,
Ter. And. 3, 1, 16; so Vulg. Lev. 1, 5:
Ornatas paulo ante fores,
Juv. 6, 227; so Vulg. Num. 3, 26:
ante meum limen,
Juv. 11, 190:
ante suum fundum,
Cic. Mil. 10:
ut ante suos hortulos postridie piscarentur,
id. Off. 3, 14, 58:
ante sepulcrales infelix adstitit aras,
Ov. M. 8, 480; so Verg. A. 1, 344; 3, 545; Juv. 10, 268:
ante altaria,
id. 8, 155; so Vulg. Deut. 26, 4; ib. Matt. 5, 24. —Of persons:
ante hosce deos erant arulae,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3:
quīs ante ora patrum contigit oppetere,
Verg. A. 1, 95; id. G. 4, 477:
ipsius unam (navem) ante oculos pontus in puppim ferit,
id. A. 1, 114; 2, 531; 2, 773:
ante se statuit funditores,
Liv. 42, 58:
Flos Asiae ante ipsum,
Juv. 5, 56; Vulg. Matt. 17, 2:
si luditur alea pernox Ante Numantinos,
Juv. 8, 11.— Trop.:
ante oculos collocata,
Cic. de Or. 1, 43, 192:
ante oculos errat domus,
Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 57: [p. 128] causam ante eum diceret, before him as judge, Cic. Verr. 1, 3, 9:
donec stet ante judicium,
Vulg. Josh. 20, 6; ib. Marc. 13, 9.—And in eccl. Lat., after the Heb. and Hel. Gr., before, in the sight of, in the judgment of:
ante Dominum vilior fiam,
Vulg. 2 Reg. 6, 21 sq.:
non te justifices ante Deum,
ib. Eccli. 7, 5:
justi ambo ante Deum,
ib. Luc. 1, 6;
and fully: fecit Asa rectum ante conspectum Domini,
ib. 3 Reg. 15, 11; ib. Apoc. 12, 10.—Hence, homines ante pedes (in later Lat.), servants; cf. the annotators upon Juv. 7, 143.—With verbs of motion:
ante me ito,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 70:
equitatum omnem ante se mittit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21:
ante ceteras cohortes extra aciem procurrere,
id. B. C. 1, 55:
praecurrit ante omnes,
id. ib. 2, 34; so Nep. Dat. 3, 2; Liv. 7, 41; 45, 40 al.; Vulg. Lev. 27, 11; ib. 1 Reg. 12, 2.—
2.
Trop. of preference in judgment, or regulations in respect to rank, before (this is properly the signification of prae, q. v.; hence more rare than that, and never used by Cic.): quem ante me diligo, before myself, more than myself, Balbus ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15.—So ante aliquem esse, to surpass, excel any one:
facundiā Graecos, gloriā belli Gallos ante Romanos fuisse,
Sall. C. 53, 3, ubi v. Corte and Kritz:
tum me vero et ante Alexandrum et ante Pyrrhum et ante omnes alios imperatores esse,
superior to, Liv. 35, 14:
necessitas ante rationem est,
necessity knows no law, Curt. 7, 7, 10.—Hence very freq. (but mostly poet. and post-class.),
a.
Ante alios, ante omnes, ante ceteros, etc., before others, before all, etc., to designate a comparative relation;
also sometimes, for the sake of emphasis, with comparatives and superlatives: tibi, Neptune, ante alios deos gratias ago,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 5; so Ov. M. 10, 120:
scito illum ante omnīs minumi mortalem preti,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 8:
tua ante omnes experientia,
Tac. A. 2, 76; 1, 27; Liv. 1, 9:
Junoni ante omnīs candentis vaccae media inter cornua (pateram) fundit,
Verg. A. 4, 59:
Ipse est ante omnes,
Vulg. Col. 1, 17:
O felix una ante alias Priameïa virgo,
Verg. A. 3, 321:
ante omnes furor est insignis equarum,
id. G. 3, 266:
scelere ante alios immanior omnīs,
id. A. 1, 347; Liv. 5, 42:
ante alios pulcherrimus omnīs Turnus,
Verg. A. 7, 55; so Nep. Att. 3, 3; Liv. 1, 15; cf. Rudd. II. p. 82; II. p. 101; II. p. 305.—
b.
Ante omnia.
(α).
Before all things, first of all:
alvus ante omnia ducitur,
Cels. 7, 30:
oportet autem ante omnia os nudare,
id. 8, 2:
Ante omnia instituit, ut etc.,
Suet. Ner. 32; id. Calig. 21:
Ante omnia autem, fratres, etc.,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 12; ib. 1 Petr. 4, 8.—
(β).
Comparatively, above all, especially, chiefty:
publica maestitia eo ante omnia insignis, quia matronae annum, ut parentem, eum luxerunt,
Liv. 2, 7; 7, 4:
quae natura multis et ante omnia ursis,
Plin. 8, 35, 53, § 125:
dulces ante omnia Musae,
the Muses pleasing above all things, Verg. G. 2, 475; id. E. 2, 72:
deformem et taetrum ante omnia vultum,
Juv. 10, 191.—
(γ).
In entering upon the discussion of several particulars, or in adducing arguments, first of all, in the first place (similar to ac primum quidem, kai prôton men oun; cf. Spald. ad Quint. 4, 2, 4):
ante omnia quid sit rhetorice,
Quint. 2, 15, 1:
ante omnia igitur imitatio per se ipsa non sufficit,
id. 10, 2, 4; so id. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 40; 4, 2, 52; 5, 13, 6; 9, 1, 23.—
B.
Of time.
1.
Before: ANTE MERIDIEM CAVSAM CONICITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Auct. ad Her. 2, 13; cf.
Dirks. Transl. 177 sq.: ante lucem a portu me praemisisti domum,
Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 55; so Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 259; id. Inv. 2, 4, 15; Suet. Galb. 22; Vulg. Luc. 24, 22:
ante diem caupo sciet,
Juv. 9, 108:
ante brumam,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 28:
ante noctem,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 51:
pereundum erit ante lucernas,
Juv. 10, 339:
ante haec omnia,
Vulg. Luc. 21, 12.— The designation of time is often expressed paraphrastically.
a.
By a person who lived at the time:
jam ante Socratem,
before the time of, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 44:
qui honos togato habitus ante me est nemini,
before me, before my time, id. Cat. 4, 3:
ante Jovem nulli subigebant arva coloni,
Verg. G. 1, 125:
vixere fortes ante Agamemnona Multi,
Hor. C. 4, 9, 25:
ante Helenam,
id. S. 1, 3, 107:
ante se,
Tac. H. 1, 50:
quod ante eum nemo,
Suet. Caes. 26 al. —
b.
By other objects pertaining to a particular time: ante hoc factum, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 64:
ante has meas litteras,
i. e. before the receipt of this letter, Cic. Fam. 13, 17:
per hunc castissimum ante regiam injuriam sanguinem juro,
Liv. 1, 59:
ante mare et terras, et quod tegit omnia, caelum,
Ov. M. 1, 5:
ante sidus fervidum,
Hor. Epod. 1, 27:
ante cibum,
id. S. 1, 10, 61, and Juv. 6, 428:
Hoc discunt omnes ante alpha et beta,
before their A B C, id. 14, 209:
cur ante tubam tremor occupat artus?
Verg. A. 11, 424:
Tecum prius ergo voluta Haec ante tubas,
Juv. 1, 169.—Also by the designation of the office of a person:
ante aedilitatem meam,
Cic. Att. 12, 17:
ante sceptrum Dictaei regis,
Verg. G. 2, 536:
ante imperium ducis,
Flor. 4, 2, 66:
relictis multis filiis et in regno et ante regnum susceptis,
Just. 2, 10.—And by the designation of office in app. to the person:
mortuus est ante istum praetorem,
Cic. Verr. 1, 45, 115:
docuerant fabulas ante hos consules,
id. Brut. 18, 73:
cum ante illum imperatorem clipeis uterentur,
Nep. Iphicr. 1, 3:
quos ante se imperatorem nemo ausus sit aspicere,
id. Epam. 8, 3.—A part. perf. or fut. pass. is freq. added to such substantives for the sake of explanation:
ante hanc urbem conditam,
before the founding of this city, Cic. Tusc. 5, 3, 7 (opp. post urbem conditam):
non multo ante urbem captam,
id. Div. 1, 45:
ante Epaminondam natum,
Nep. Epam. 10, 4:
ante te cognitum multis orantibus opem tuli,
Sall. J. 110, 2:
ante decemviros creatos,
Liv. 3, 53 al. —
2.
Hence particular phrases.
a.
Ante tempus,
(α).
Before the right time:
ante tempus excitatis suis,
Liv. 31, 36.—
(β).
Before the appointed, proper, or lawful time:
factus est consul bis, primum ante tempus,
Cic. Lael. 3:
honores et ante tempus et quosdam novi generis cepit,
Suet. Aug. 26:
venisti ante tempus torquere nos?
Vulg. Matt. 8, 29 (cf. annus, II. D.).—
b.
Ante diem, poet.,
(α).
Before the time:
Caesaribus virtus contigit ante diem,
Ov. A. A. 1, 184:
ante diem vultu gressuque superbo Vicerat aequales,
Stat. S. 2, 1, 108.—
(β).
Before the time destined by fate:
filius ante diem patrios inquirit in annos,
Ov. M. 1, 148:
hic dolor ante diem Pandiona misit ad umbras,
id. ib. 6, 675; id. A. A. 3, 739:
sed misera ante diem subitoque accensa furore, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 697 (cf. Soph. Antig. 461: ei de tou chronou prosthen thanoumai). —
c.
Ante hunc diem, with a negative:
istunc hominem numquam audivi ante hunc diem,
never before this day, never until now, Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 60; 4, 2, 7:
neque umquam ante hunc diem,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 19; 5, 4, 23:
Novum crimen et ante hunc diem inauditum ad te Q. Tubero detulit,
Cic. Lig. 1, 1 (cf. Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 17: neque eum ante usquam conspexi prius). —
3.
Ante diem (abbrev. a. d.) with an ordinal number gives the date, not of the foregoing, but of the present day; e. g. ante diem quintum (a. d. V.) Kalendas Apriles, the fifth day before the calends of April. Orig. the ante belonged to Kalendas, and they said either, ante die quinto Kalendas (i. e. die quinto ante Kalendas), or ante diem quintum Kalendas; the latter phraseology became the prevailing one, and ante diem, being considered as one word, the prepp. in and ex could be prefixed; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 12; Duker ad Liv. 27, 23; Rudd. II. p. 291; Madv. Gr. Suppl. I.; Drak. ad Liv. 45, 2, 12: me ante diem XIII. Kalendas Januarias principem revocandae libertatis fuisse, the thirteenth before the calends of January, i. e. the 20 th of Dec., Cic. Phil. 14, 7, 20: ante diem XII. Kalendas Novembres, the 21 st of Oct.: ante diem VI. Kalendas Novembres, the 27 th of Oct., id. Cat. 1, 3: ante diem VIII. Kalendas Decembres, the 24 th of Nov., id. Phil. 3, 8: a. d. IV. Id. Mart. (ante diem quartum Idus Martias), i. e. the 12 th of March, Liv. 40, 59: ante diem III. Non. Jan. M. Cicero natus est, i. e. on the 3 d of Jan., Gell. 15, 28 al.:
in ante diem quartum Kal. Dec. distulit,
Cic. Phil. 3, 8: caedem te optimatium contulisse in ante diem V. Kal. Nov., to the 28 th of Oct., id. Cat. 1, 3:
ex ante diem VII. Id. Febr.,
Varr. R. R. 1, 28, 1: nuntii venerant ex ante diem Non. Jun. usque ad prid. Kal. Sept., from the 3 d of June, Cic. Att. 3, 17:
supplicatio indicta est ante diem V. Id. Oct. cum eo die in quinque dies,
Liv. 45, 2, 12.—
4.
Sometimes to designate the whole time until the passing moment:
ante id tempus et mari et terrā duces erant Lace daemonii,
Nep. Arist. 2, 3:
qui honos huic uni ante id tempus contigit,
id. Timoth. 2, 3:
invictus ante eam diem fuerat,
Curt. 5, 3, 22.—
5.
Ante annos, before the destined time:
Ante suos annos occidit,
Ov. Am. 2, 2, 46:
Ante annos animumque gerens curamque virilem,
beyond his years, Verg. A. 9, 311 (cf.:
suos annos praeterire,
Sil. 4, 428; and:
annos transcendere factis,
id. 2, 348). —
6.
Ante hoc, for antea, antehac, belongs to the later Latin:
ante hoc incognita,
Luc. 6, 116:
ante hoc domūs pars videntur,
Tac. G. 13.
II.
Adv., of space and time (the latter most freq.).
A.
Of space, before, in front, forwards: post me erat Aegina, ante Megara, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 9:
fluvius ab tergo, ante circaque velut ripa praeceps oram ejus omnem cingebat,
Liv. 27, 18; 22, 5:
coronatus stabit et ante calix,
Tib. 2, 5, 98:
plena oculis et ante et retro,
Vulg. Apoc. 4, 6.—Of motion (cf. supra, I. A. 1.):
si aut manibus ingrediatur quis aut non ante, sed retro,
Cic. Fin. 5, 12, 35:
pallida Tisiphone morbos agit ante metumque,
Verg. G. 3, 552.—
B.
1.. Of time, before, previously (always in reference to another past time, while ante as prep. is used in reference to the present).
a.
With verbs:
nonne oportuit Praescīsse me ante,
Ter. And. 1, 5, 4:
id te oro, ut ante eamus,
id. ib. 3, 3, 24;
very freq. in Cic.: quod utinam illi ante accidisset,
Cic. Phil. 11, 14:
quae ante acta sunt,
id. Verr. 1, 109:
sicut ante fecimus,
Vulg. Jos. 8, 5; ib. Jud. 16, 20:
fructus omnis ante actae vitae,
Cic. Marcell. 3; so Ov. M. 12, 115, and Tac. A. 6, 16:
apud vos ante feci mentionem,
Cic. Agr. 3, 4:
faciam hoc non novum, sed ab eis ante factum,
id. Verr. 1, 55; Verg. E. 9, 63; Juv. 3, 243; 15, 320:
illud de quo ante dixi,
Cic. Sex. Rosc. 116:
quos ante dixi,
id. Off. 2, 14, 50:
ut ante dixi,
id. Imp. Pomp. 16; id. Mil. 45:
quem ad modum ante dixi,
id. Sex. Rosc. 91:
additis, quae ante deliquerant,
Tac. A. 6, 9:
filium ante sublatum brevi amisit,
id. Agr. 6; id. G. 10; id. A. 11, 7; id. H. 2, 43.—And often accomp. by jam:
acceperam jam ante Caesaris litteras, ut etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 49; id. Marcell. 12; id. Verr. 2, 23.—Rarely accomp. by saepe.:
ut saepe ante fecerant,
Cic. Balb. 40; id. Rab. Post. 13.—
b.
Rarely with adjj.:
non filius ante pudicus,
Juv. 3, 111:
quos acciverat, incertum, experiens an et ante gnavos,
Tac. A. 14, 7.—
c.
Often with substt. in the abl. or acc. for a more accurate designation of time (cf. also abhinc with the abl. and acc.; in these cases ante was considered by the ancient critics as a prep., which could also govern the abl.; cf. Charis. p. 209 P.; Serv. ad Verg. E. 1, 30. The position of ante is sometimes before and sometimes after the subst., and sometimes between the numeral and the subst.):
illos septem et multis ante saeculis Lycurgum accepimus fuisse sapientes,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 3, 7:
etsi perpaucis ante diebus (i. e. before the departure of Theophilus, of whom mention is afterwards made) dederam Q. Mucio litteras ad te,
id. Fam. 4, 9:
paucis diebus ante,
id. Phil. 2, 40:
viginti annis ante,
id. Lael. 12, 42:
voverat eam annis undecim ante,
Liv. 40, 52, 4 (cf. id. 40, 51:
quae bello Ligustico ante annis octo vovisset): optimum erit ante annum scrobes facere,
a year before, Col. 4, 2; Plin. Ep. 8, 23, 7:
Tyron urbem ante annum Trojanae cladis condiderunt,
a year before the fall of Troy, Just. 18, 3, 5:
ante quadriennium amissus es,
four years previously, Tac. Agr. 45:
aliquot ante annos,
Suet. Caes. 12; v. id. ib. 81 al.—
d.
With the advv. multo, paulo, aliquanto, tanto, quanto, and rarely permultum:
multo ante prospexi tempestatem futuram,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:
haud multo ante adventum,
Tac. Agr. 18.—And in the order ante multo:
ante multo a te didicerimus,
Cic. Sen. 2, 6:
Venisti paulo ante in senatum,
id. Cat. 1, 7, 16; id. Marcell. 7; id. Mil. 7; Tac. G. 41; id. H. 3, 68; Suet. Caes. 21; Vulg. Sap. 15, 8; ib. 2 Macc. 3, 30;
6, 29 et saep.—And in the order ante paulo: quae ante paulo perbreviter attigi,
Cic. Rep. 2, 4:
profectus est aliquanto ante furorem Catilinae,
id. Sull. 20, 56 bis; id. Verr. 1, 149.—And in the order ante aliquanto: ante aliquanto quam tu natus es, Cic. Fam. [p. 129] 10, 4; id. Vatin. 25; id. Verr. 2, 46:
tanto ante praedixeras,
id. Phil. 2, 33:
quod si Cleomenes non tanto ante fugisset,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 34; 5, 78, 89; id. Cat. 3, 17; id. de Or. 1, 7, 26; so Quint. 2, 4, 28:
quanto ante providerit,
Cic. Sest. 8:
permultum ante certior factus eram litteris,
id. Fam. 3, 11; cf. Prisc. p. 1191 P.—
2.
Followed by quam (written also as one word, antequam; the form prius quam was more freq. in archaic Latin), sooner than; before.
a.
With ind. pres.:
ante quam doceo id factum non esse, libet mihi,
Cic. Quinct. 48:
ante quam ad sententiam redeo, de me pauca dicam,
id. Cat. 4, 20; id. Mil. 7; id. Deiot. 7; id. Clu. 6.—
b.
With ind. perf.:
memini Catonem anno ante quam est mortuus mecum disserere,
Cic. Lael. 3, 11:
anno ipso ante quam natus est Ennius,
id. Brut. 18, 72:
ante aliquanto quam tu natus es,
id. Fam. 10, 3:
neque ante dimisit eum quam fidem dedit,
Liv. 39, 10:
ante quam ille est factus inimicus,
Cic. Phil. 12, 9.—
c.
Rarely with fut. perf.:
ante provinciam sibi decretam audiet quam potuerit tempus ei rei datum suspicari,
Cic. Phil. 11, 24:
neque defatigabor ante quam... percepero,
id. de Or. 3, 36, 145.—
d.
With subj. pres.:
ante quam veniat in Pontum, litteras ad Cn. Pompeium mittet,
Cic. Agr. 2, 53:
hac lege ante omnia veniunt, quam gleba una ematur,
id. ib. 2, 71; id. Sest. 15; id. Phil. 1, 1; Verg. E. 1, 60 sqq.; Vulg. Gen. 11, 4; ib. 4 Reg. 2, 9; ib. Matt. 6, 8.—
e.
With subj. imperf.:
Romae et ad urbem, ante quam proficisceretur, quaerere coepit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 167:
qui (sol) ante quam se abderet, fugientem vidit Antonium,
id. Phil. 14, 27; 8, 1; id. Verr. 4, 147; Vulg. Gen. 2, 5; 13, 10; ib. Matt. 1, 18; ib. Joan. 8, 58.—
f.
With subj. perf.:
ante vero quam sit ea res adlata, laetitiā frui satis est,
Cic. Phil. 14, 1:
domesticum malum opprimit ante quam prospicere potueris,
id. Verr. 1, 39; id. Sull. 44; id. Planc. 40:
nec ante vincere desierint quam Rubro mari inclusis quod vincerent defuerit,
Liv. 42, 52:
nec ante (barbam capillumque) dempserit quam vindicāsset,
Suet. Caes. 67.—
g.
With subj. pluperf.:
se ante quam eam uxorem duxisset domum, sperāsse etc.,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 71:
qui ante quam de meo adventu audire potuissent, in Macedoniam perrexi,
Cic. Planc. 98:
ut consul ante fieret, quam ullum alium magistratum capere licuisset,
id. Imp. Pomp. 62; id. Quinct. 9; id. Verr. 2, 55; 2, 171.—
h.
With inf.:
dici vix potest quam multa sint quae respondeatis ante fieri oportere, quam ad hanc rationem devenire,
Cic. Quinct. 54.—
i.
With part.:
armati nullum ante finem pugnae quam morientes fecerunt,
Liv. 21, 15, 4 (on the use of these different constructions, v. Roby, §§ 1671, 1462, 1672 etc.; Draeger, Hist. Synt. II. pp. 589 sqq.;
and esp. Fischer, Gr. § 621). —In the poets sometimes with quam before ante: Respice item quam nil ad nos anteacta vetustas Temporis aeterni fuerit, quam nascimur ante,
Lucr. 3, 972:
Non ego signatis quicquam mandare tabellis, Ne legat id nemo quam meus ante, velim,
Tib. 4, 7, 8; Mart. 9, 36, 6.—Also in the poets sometimes pleon. ante—prius—quam:
sed mihi vel tellus optem prius ima dehiscat Ante, pudor, quam te violo aut tua jura resolvo,
Verg. A. 4, 24; so,
prius—quam— ante: Aut prius infecto deposcit praemia cursu, Septima quam metam triverit ante rota?
Prop. 3, 20, 25.—
3.
For the designation of order, foll. by tum, deinde, etc., first, in the first place (only in later Lat. for the class. primum):
ut ante caput, deinde reliqua pars auferatur,
Cels. 7, 29:
et ante dicam de his, quae, etc.: tum, etc.,
id. 5, 26:
ante tonderi... deinde... tum, etc.,
id. 6, 6, 8; so Plin. 34, 13, 34, § 131 dub.—
4.
Very rarely used as adj. (in imitation of the Greek):
neque enim ignari sumus ante malorum,
earlier, previous ills, Verg. A. 1, 198 (cf. tôn paros kakôn, Soph. O. T. 1423):
ille elegit, qui recipit ante meliorem,
Quint. Decl. 1, 14; cf. Liv. 24, 82, 5 (on this use of the adv., v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 76, 5).
III.
In composition.
A.
Of space, before, in front of, forwards: antepono, antefigo, antefero, antemitto.—
B.
Fig. of preference, before, above: antepono.—
C.
Of degree, before, above, more: antepotens, antepollens—
D.
In designations of time only with adjj. and advv.: antelucanus, antemeridianus, antehac, antelucio.With verbs, ante is more correctly written separately: ante actus, ante factus, ante gestus, ante paro, etc., although editions differ in this respect. V. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 361-390, and pp. 394-402.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ante
19 anti

antĕ (old form anti, whence antidea, antideo, antidhac; v. antea, anteeo, and antehac) [Gr. anti, over against, facing, anta, antên; Sanscr. anti = over against; Germ. ant- in Ant-wort = Goth. anda-vaurdi, an answer, anda-nahti, the night before], prep. and adv. (acc. to Max. Victor. p. 1953, as prep. with the grave accent; as adv. with the acute on the last syl.).
I.
Prep. with acc., before (syn.: prae, pro).
A.
In space, or trop. in regard to estimation, judgment, or rank (usu. only of objects at rest. while prae is used of those in motion; cf. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 1, 21; v. exceptions infra).
1.
In space:
quem ante aedīs video,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 136:
ante ostium Me audivit stare,
Ter. And. 3, 1, 16; so Vulg. Lev. 1, 5:
Ornatas paulo ante fores,
Juv. 6, 227; so Vulg. Num. 3, 26:
ante meum limen,
Juv. 11, 190:
ante suum fundum,
Cic. Mil. 10:
ut ante suos hortulos postridie piscarentur,
id. Off. 3, 14, 58:
ante sepulcrales infelix adstitit aras,
Ov. M. 8, 480; so Verg. A. 1, 344; 3, 545; Juv. 10, 268:
ante altaria,
id. 8, 155; so Vulg. Deut. 26, 4; ib. Matt. 5, 24. —Of persons:
ante hosce deos erant arulae,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3:
quīs ante ora patrum contigit oppetere,
Verg. A. 1, 95; id. G. 4, 477:
ipsius unam (navem) ante oculos pontus in puppim ferit,
id. A. 1, 114; 2, 531; 2, 773:
ante se statuit funditores,
Liv. 42, 58:
Flos Asiae ante ipsum,
Juv. 5, 56; Vulg. Matt. 17, 2:
si luditur alea pernox Ante Numantinos,
Juv. 8, 11.— Trop.:
ante oculos collocata,
Cic. de Or. 1, 43, 192:
ante oculos errat domus,
Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 57: [p. 128] causam ante eum diceret, before him as judge, Cic. Verr. 1, 3, 9:
donec stet ante judicium,
Vulg. Josh. 20, 6; ib. Marc. 13, 9.—And in eccl. Lat., after the Heb. and Hel. Gr., before, in the sight of, in the judgment of:
ante Dominum vilior fiam,
Vulg. 2 Reg. 6, 21 sq.:
non te justifices ante Deum,
ib. Eccli. 7, 5:
justi ambo ante Deum,
ib. Luc. 1, 6;
and fully: fecit Asa rectum ante conspectum Domini,
ib. 3 Reg. 15, 11; ib. Apoc. 12, 10.—Hence, homines ante pedes (in later Lat.), servants; cf. the annotators upon Juv. 7, 143.—With verbs of motion:
ante me ito,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 70:
equitatum omnem ante se mittit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21:
ante ceteras cohortes extra aciem procurrere,
id. B. C. 1, 55:
praecurrit ante omnes,
id. ib. 2, 34; so Nep. Dat. 3, 2; Liv. 7, 41; 45, 40 al.; Vulg. Lev. 27, 11; ib. 1 Reg. 12, 2.—
2.
Trop. of preference in judgment, or regulations in respect to rank, before (this is properly the signification of prae, q. v.; hence more rare than that, and never used by Cic.): quem ante me diligo, before myself, more than myself, Balbus ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15.—So ante aliquem esse, to surpass, excel any one:
facundiā Graecos, gloriā belli Gallos ante Romanos fuisse,
Sall. C. 53, 3, ubi v. Corte and Kritz:
tum me vero et ante Alexandrum et ante Pyrrhum et ante omnes alios imperatores esse,
superior to, Liv. 35, 14:
necessitas ante rationem est,
necessity knows no law, Curt. 7, 7, 10.—Hence very freq. (but mostly poet. and post-class.),
a.
Ante alios, ante omnes, ante ceteros, etc., before others, before all, etc., to designate a comparative relation;
also sometimes, for the sake of emphasis, with comparatives and superlatives: tibi, Neptune, ante alios deos gratias ago,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 5; so Ov. M. 10, 120:
scito illum ante omnīs minumi mortalem preti,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 8:
tua ante omnes experientia,
Tac. A. 2, 76; 1, 27; Liv. 1, 9:
Junoni ante omnīs candentis vaccae media inter cornua (pateram) fundit,
Verg. A. 4, 59:
Ipse est ante omnes,
Vulg. Col. 1, 17:
O felix una ante alias Priameïa virgo,
Verg. A. 3, 321:
ante omnes furor est insignis equarum,
id. G. 3, 266:
scelere ante alios immanior omnīs,
id. A. 1, 347; Liv. 5, 42:
ante alios pulcherrimus omnīs Turnus,
Verg. A. 7, 55; so Nep. Att. 3, 3; Liv. 1, 15; cf. Rudd. II. p. 82; II. p. 101; II. p. 305.—
b.
Ante omnia.
(α).
Before all things, first of all:
alvus ante omnia ducitur,
Cels. 7, 30:
oportet autem ante omnia os nudare,
id. 8, 2:
Ante omnia instituit, ut etc.,
Suet. Ner. 32; id. Calig. 21:
Ante omnia autem, fratres, etc.,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 12; ib. 1 Petr. 4, 8.—
(β).
Comparatively, above all, especially, chiefty:
publica maestitia eo ante omnia insignis, quia matronae annum, ut parentem, eum luxerunt,
Liv. 2, 7; 7, 4:
quae natura multis et ante omnia ursis,
Plin. 8, 35, 53, § 125:
dulces ante omnia Musae,
the Muses pleasing above all things, Verg. G. 2, 475; id. E. 2, 72:
deformem et taetrum ante omnia vultum,
Juv. 10, 191.—
(γ).
In entering upon the discussion of several particulars, or in adducing arguments, first of all, in the first place (similar to ac primum quidem, kai prôton men oun; cf. Spald. ad Quint. 4, 2, 4):
ante omnia quid sit rhetorice,
Quint. 2, 15, 1:
ante omnia igitur imitatio per se ipsa non sufficit,
id. 10, 2, 4; so id. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 40; 4, 2, 52; 5, 13, 6; 9, 1, 23.—
B.
Of time.
1.
Before: ANTE MERIDIEM CAVSAM CONICITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Auct. ad Her. 2, 13; cf.
Dirks. Transl. 177 sq.: ante lucem a portu me praemisisti domum,
Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 55; so Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 259; id. Inv. 2, 4, 15; Suet. Galb. 22; Vulg. Luc. 24, 22:
ante diem caupo sciet,
Juv. 9, 108:
ante brumam,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 28:
ante noctem,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 51:
pereundum erit ante lucernas,
Juv. 10, 339:
ante haec omnia,
Vulg. Luc. 21, 12.— The designation of time is often expressed paraphrastically.
a.
By a person who lived at the time:
jam ante Socratem,
before the time of, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 44:
qui honos togato habitus ante me est nemini,
before me, before my time, id. Cat. 4, 3:
ante Jovem nulli subigebant arva coloni,
Verg. G. 1, 125:
vixere fortes ante Agamemnona Multi,
Hor. C. 4, 9, 25:
ante Helenam,
id. S. 1, 3, 107:
ante se,
Tac. H. 1, 50:
quod ante eum nemo,
Suet. Caes. 26 al. —
b.
By other objects pertaining to a particular time: ante hoc factum, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 64:
ante has meas litteras,
i. e. before the receipt of this letter, Cic. Fam. 13, 17:
per hunc castissimum ante regiam injuriam sanguinem juro,
Liv. 1, 59:
ante mare et terras, et quod tegit omnia, caelum,
Ov. M. 1, 5:
ante sidus fervidum,
Hor. Epod. 1, 27:
ante cibum,
id. S. 1, 10, 61, and Juv. 6, 428:
Hoc discunt omnes ante alpha et beta,
before their A B C, id. 14, 209:
cur ante tubam tremor occupat artus?
Verg. A. 11, 424:
Tecum prius ergo voluta Haec ante tubas,
Juv. 1, 169.—Also by the designation of the office of a person:
ante aedilitatem meam,
Cic. Att. 12, 17:
ante sceptrum Dictaei regis,
Verg. G. 2, 536:
ante imperium ducis,
Flor. 4, 2, 66:
relictis multis filiis et in regno et ante regnum susceptis,
Just. 2, 10.—And by the designation of office in app. to the person:
mortuus est ante istum praetorem,
Cic. Verr. 1, 45, 115:
docuerant fabulas ante hos consules,
id. Brut. 18, 73:
cum ante illum imperatorem clipeis uterentur,
Nep. Iphicr. 1, 3:
quos ante se imperatorem nemo ausus sit aspicere,
id. Epam. 8, 3.—A part. perf. or fut. pass. is freq. added to such substantives for the sake of explanation:
ante hanc urbem conditam,
before the founding of this city, Cic. Tusc. 5, 3, 7 (opp. post urbem conditam):
non multo ante urbem captam,
id. Div. 1, 45:
ante Epaminondam natum,
Nep. Epam. 10, 4:
ante te cognitum multis orantibus opem tuli,
Sall. J. 110, 2:
ante decemviros creatos,
Liv. 3, 53 al. —
2.
Hence particular phrases.
a.
Ante tempus,
(α).
Before the right time:
ante tempus excitatis suis,
Liv. 31, 36.—
(β).
Before the appointed, proper, or lawful time:
factus est consul bis, primum ante tempus,
Cic. Lael. 3:
honores et ante tempus et quosdam novi generis cepit,
Suet. Aug. 26:
venisti ante tempus torquere nos?
Vulg. Matt. 8, 29 (cf. annus, II. D.).—
b.
Ante diem, poet.,
(α).
Before the time:
Caesaribus virtus contigit ante diem,
Ov. A. A. 1, 184:
ante diem vultu gressuque superbo Vicerat aequales,
Stat. S. 2, 1, 108.—
(β).
Before the time destined by fate:
filius ante diem patrios inquirit in annos,
Ov. M. 1, 148:
hic dolor ante diem Pandiona misit ad umbras,
id. ib. 6, 675; id. A. A. 3, 739:
sed misera ante diem subitoque accensa furore, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 697 (cf. Soph. Antig. 461: ei de tou chronou prosthen thanoumai). —
c.
Ante hunc diem, with a negative:
istunc hominem numquam audivi ante hunc diem,
never before this day, never until now, Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 60; 4, 2, 7:
neque umquam ante hunc diem,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 19; 5, 4, 23:
Novum crimen et ante hunc diem inauditum ad te Q. Tubero detulit,
Cic. Lig. 1, 1 (cf. Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 17: neque eum ante usquam conspexi prius). —
3.
Ante diem (abbrev. a. d.) with an ordinal number gives the date, not of the foregoing, but of the present day; e. g. ante diem quintum (a. d. V.) Kalendas Apriles, the fifth day before the calends of April. Orig. the ante belonged to Kalendas, and they said either, ante die quinto Kalendas (i. e. die quinto ante Kalendas), or ante diem quintum Kalendas; the latter phraseology became the prevailing one, and ante diem, being considered as one word, the prepp. in and ex could be prefixed; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 12; Duker ad Liv. 27, 23; Rudd. II. p. 291; Madv. Gr. Suppl. I.; Drak. ad Liv. 45, 2, 12: me ante diem XIII. Kalendas Januarias principem revocandae libertatis fuisse, the thirteenth before the calends of January, i. e. the 20 th of Dec., Cic. Phil. 14, 7, 20: ante diem XII. Kalendas Novembres, the 21 st of Oct.: ante diem VI. Kalendas Novembres, the 27 th of Oct., id. Cat. 1, 3: ante diem VIII. Kalendas Decembres, the 24 th of Nov., id. Phil. 3, 8: a. d. IV. Id. Mart. (ante diem quartum Idus Martias), i. e. the 12 th of March, Liv. 40, 59: ante diem III. Non. Jan. M. Cicero natus est, i. e. on the 3 d of Jan., Gell. 15, 28 al.:
in ante diem quartum Kal. Dec. distulit,
Cic. Phil. 3, 8: caedem te optimatium contulisse in ante diem V. Kal. Nov., to the 28 th of Oct., id. Cat. 1, 3:
ex ante diem VII. Id. Febr.,
Varr. R. R. 1, 28, 1: nuntii venerant ex ante diem Non. Jun. usque ad prid. Kal. Sept., from the 3 d of June, Cic. Att. 3, 17:
supplicatio indicta est ante diem V. Id. Oct. cum eo die in quinque dies,
Liv. 45, 2, 12.—
4.
Sometimes to designate the whole time until the passing moment:
ante id tempus et mari et terrā duces erant Lace daemonii,
Nep. Arist. 2, 3:
qui honos huic uni ante id tempus contigit,
id. Timoth. 2, 3:
invictus ante eam diem fuerat,
Curt. 5, 3, 22.—
5.
Ante annos, before the destined time:
Ante suos annos occidit,
Ov. Am. 2, 2, 46:
Ante annos animumque gerens curamque virilem,
beyond his years, Verg. A. 9, 311 (cf.:
suos annos praeterire,
Sil. 4, 428; and:
annos transcendere factis,
id. 2, 348). —
6.
Ante hoc, for antea, antehac, belongs to the later Latin:
ante hoc incognita,
Luc. 6, 116:
ante hoc domūs pars videntur,
Tac. G. 13.
II.
Adv., of space and time (the latter most freq.).
A.
Of space, before, in front, forwards: post me erat Aegina, ante Megara, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 9:
fluvius ab tergo, ante circaque velut ripa praeceps oram ejus omnem cingebat,
Liv. 27, 18; 22, 5:
coronatus stabit et ante calix,
Tib. 2, 5, 98:
plena oculis et ante et retro,
Vulg. Apoc. 4, 6.—Of motion (cf. supra, I. A. 1.):
si aut manibus ingrediatur quis aut non ante, sed retro,
Cic. Fin. 5, 12, 35:
pallida Tisiphone morbos agit ante metumque,
Verg. G. 3, 552.—
B.
1.. Of time, before, previously (always in reference to another past time, while ante as prep. is used in reference to the present).
a.
With verbs:
nonne oportuit Praescīsse me ante,
Ter. And. 1, 5, 4:
id te oro, ut ante eamus,
id. ib. 3, 3, 24;
very freq. in Cic.: quod utinam illi ante accidisset,
Cic. Phil. 11, 14:
quae ante acta sunt,
id. Verr. 1, 109:
sicut ante fecimus,
Vulg. Jos. 8, 5; ib. Jud. 16, 20:
fructus omnis ante actae vitae,
Cic. Marcell. 3; so Ov. M. 12, 115, and Tac. A. 6, 16:
apud vos ante feci mentionem,
Cic. Agr. 3, 4:
faciam hoc non novum, sed ab eis ante factum,
id. Verr. 1, 55; Verg. E. 9, 63; Juv. 3, 243; 15, 320:
illud de quo ante dixi,
Cic. Sex. Rosc. 116:
quos ante dixi,
id. Off. 2, 14, 50:
ut ante dixi,
id. Imp. Pomp. 16; id. Mil. 45:
quem ad modum ante dixi,
id. Sex. Rosc. 91:
additis, quae ante deliquerant,
Tac. A. 6, 9:
filium ante sublatum brevi amisit,
id. Agr. 6; id. G. 10; id. A. 11, 7; id. H. 2, 43.—And often accomp. by jam:
acceperam jam ante Caesaris litteras, ut etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 49; id. Marcell. 12; id. Verr. 2, 23.—Rarely accomp. by saepe.:
ut saepe ante fecerant,
Cic. Balb. 40; id. Rab. Post. 13.—
b.
Rarely with adjj.:
non filius ante pudicus,
Juv. 3, 111:
quos acciverat, incertum, experiens an et ante gnavos,
Tac. A. 14, 7.—
c.
Often with substt. in the abl. or acc. for a more accurate designation of time (cf. also abhinc with the abl. and acc.; in these cases ante was considered by the ancient critics as a prep., which could also govern the abl.; cf. Charis. p. 209 P.; Serv. ad Verg. E. 1, 30. The position of ante is sometimes before and sometimes after the subst., and sometimes between the numeral and the subst.):
illos septem et multis ante saeculis Lycurgum accepimus fuisse sapientes,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 3, 7:
etsi perpaucis ante diebus (i. e. before the departure of Theophilus, of whom mention is afterwards made) dederam Q. Mucio litteras ad te,
id. Fam. 4, 9:
paucis diebus ante,
id. Phil. 2, 40:
viginti annis ante,
id. Lael. 12, 42:
voverat eam annis undecim ante,
Liv. 40, 52, 4 (cf. id. 40, 51:
quae bello Ligustico ante annis octo vovisset): optimum erit ante annum scrobes facere,
a year before, Col. 4, 2; Plin. Ep. 8, 23, 7:
Tyron urbem ante annum Trojanae cladis condiderunt,
a year before the fall of Troy, Just. 18, 3, 5:
ante quadriennium amissus es,
four years previously, Tac. Agr. 45:
aliquot ante annos,
Suet. Caes. 12; v. id. ib. 81 al.—
d.
With the advv. multo, paulo, aliquanto, tanto, quanto, and rarely permultum:
multo ante prospexi tempestatem futuram,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:
haud multo ante adventum,
Tac. Agr. 18.—And in the order ante multo:
ante multo a te didicerimus,
Cic. Sen. 2, 6:
Venisti paulo ante in senatum,
id. Cat. 1, 7, 16; id. Marcell. 7; id. Mil. 7; Tac. G. 41; id. H. 3, 68; Suet. Caes. 21; Vulg. Sap. 15, 8; ib. 2 Macc. 3, 30;
6, 29 et saep.—And in the order ante paulo: quae ante paulo perbreviter attigi,
Cic. Rep. 2, 4:
profectus est aliquanto ante furorem Catilinae,
id. Sull. 20, 56 bis; id. Verr. 1, 149.—And in the order ante aliquanto: ante aliquanto quam tu natus es, Cic. Fam. [p. 129] 10, 4; id. Vatin. 25; id. Verr. 2, 46:
tanto ante praedixeras,
id. Phil. 2, 33:
quod si Cleomenes non tanto ante fugisset,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 34; 5, 78, 89; id. Cat. 3, 17; id. de Or. 1, 7, 26; so Quint. 2, 4, 28:
quanto ante providerit,
Cic. Sest. 8:
permultum ante certior factus eram litteris,
id. Fam. 3, 11; cf. Prisc. p. 1191 P.—
2.
Followed by quam (written also as one word, antequam; the form prius quam was more freq. in archaic Latin), sooner than; before.
a.
With ind. pres.:
ante quam doceo id factum non esse, libet mihi,
Cic. Quinct. 48:
ante quam ad sententiam redeo, de me pauca dicam,
id. Cat. 4, 20; id. Mil. 7; id. Deiot. 7; id. Clu. 6.—
b.
With ind. perf.:
memini Catonem anno ante quam est mortuus mecum disserere,
Cic. Lael. 3, 11:
anno ipso ante quam natus est Ennius,
id. Brut. 18, 72:
ante aliquanto quam tu natus es,
id. Fam. 10, 3:
neque ante dimisit eum quam fidem dedit,
Liv. 39, 10:
ante quam ille est factus inimicus,
Cic. Phil. 12, 9.—
c.
Rarely with fut. perf.:
ante provinciam sibi decretam audiet quam potuerit tempus ei rei datum suspicari,
Cic. Phil. 11, 24:
neque defatigabor ante quam... percepero,
id. de Or. 3, 36, 145.—
d.
With subj. pres.:
ante quam veniat in Pontum, litteras ad Cn. Pompeium mittet,
Cic. Agr. 2, 53:
hac lege ante omnia veniunt, quam gleba una ematur,
id. ib. 2, 71; id. Sest. 15; id. Phil. 1, 1; Verg. E. 1, 60 sqq.; Vulg. Gen. 11, 4; ib. 4 Reg. 2, 9; ib. Matt. 6, 8.—
e.
With subj. imperf.:
Romae et ad urbem, ante quam proficisceretur, quaerere coepit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 167:
qui (sol) ante quam se abderet, fugientem vidit Antonium,
id. Phil. 14, 27; 8, 1; id. Verr. 4, 147; Vulg. Gen. 2, 5; 13, 10; ib. Matt. 1, 18; ib. Joan. 8, 58.—
f.
With subj. perf.:
ante vero quam sit ea res adlata, laetitiā frui satis est,
Cic. Phil. 14, 1:
domesticum malum opprimit ante quam prospicere potueris,
id. Verr. 1, 39; id. Sull. 44; id. Planc. 40:
nec ante vincere desierint quam Rubro mari inclusis quod vincerent defuerit,
Liv. 42, 52:
nec ante (barbam capillumque) dempserit quam vindicāsset,
Suet. Caes. 67.—
g.
With subj. pluperf.:
se ante quam eam uxorem duxisset domum, sperāsse etc.,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 71:
qui ante quam de meo adventu audire potuissent, in Macedoniam perrexi,
Cic. Planc. 98:
ut consul ante fieret, quam ullum alium magistratum capere licuisset,
id. Imp. Pomp. 62; id. Quinct. 9; id. Verr. 2, 55; 2, 171.—
h.
With inf.:
dici vix potest quam multa sint quae respondeatis ante fieri oportere, quam ad hanc rationem devenire,
Cic. Quinct. 54.—
i.
With part.:
armati nullum ante finem pugnae quam morientes fecerunt,
Liv. 21, 15, 4 (on the use of these different constructions, v. Roby, §§ 1671, 1462, 1672 etc.; Draeger, Hist. Synt. II. pp. 589 sqq.;
and esp. Fischer, Gr. § 621). —In the poets sometimes with quam before ante: Respice item quam nil ad nos anteacta vetustas Temporis aeterni fuerit, quam nascimur ante,
Lucr. 3, 972:
Non ego signatis quicquam mandare tabellis, Ne legat id nemo quam meus ante, velim,
Tib. 4, 7, 8; Mart. 9, 36, 6.—Also in the poets sometimes pleon. ante—prius—quam:
sed mihi vel tellus optem prius ima dehiscat Ante, pudor, quam te violo aut tua jura resolvo,
Verg. A. 4, 24; so,
prius—quam— ante: Aut prius infecto deposcit praemia cursu, Septima quam metam triverit ante rota?
Prop. 3, 20, 25.—
3.
For the designation of order, foll. by tum, deinde, etc., first, in the first place (only in later Lat. for the class. primum):
ut ante caput, deinde reliqua pars auferatur,
Cels. 7, 29:
et ante dicam de his, quae, etc.: tum, etc.,
id. 5, 26:
ante tonderi... deinde... tum, etc.,
id. 6, 6, 8; so Plin. 34, 13, 34, § 131 dub.—
4.
Very rarely used as adj. (in imitation of the Greek):
neque enim ignari sumus ante malorum,
earlier, previous ills, Verg. A. 1, 198 (cf. tôn paros kakôn, Soph. O. T. 1423):
ille elegit, qui recipit ante meliorem,
Quint. Decl. 1, 14; cf. Liv. 24, 82, 5 (on this use of the adv., v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 76, 5).
III.
In composition.
A.
Of space, before, in front of, forwards: antepono, antefigo, antefero, antemitto.—
B.
Fig. of preference, before, above: antepono.—
C.
Of degree, before, above, more: antepotens, antepollens—
D.
In designations of time only with adjj. and advv.: antelucanus, antemeridianus, antehac, antelucio.With verbs, ante is more correctly written separately: ante actus, ante factus, ante gestus, ante paro, etc., although editions differ in this respect. V. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 361-390, and pp. 394-402.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > anti
20 UM

of

* * *

older umb, prep. with acc. and dat.

I. with acc.

1) around (slá hring um e-n);

2) about, all over (hárit féll um hana alla); um allar sveitir, all over the country; mikill um herðar, large about the shoulders, broad-shouldered; liggja um akkeri, to ride at anchor;

3) of proportion; margir voru um einn, many against one; um einn hest voru tveir menn, two men to each horse;

4) round, past, beyond, with verbs denoting motion (sigla vestr um Bretland); leggja um skut þessu skipi, to pass by this ship; ríða um tún, to pass by a place;

5) over, across, along (flytja e-n um haf); kominn um langan veg, come from a long way off; ganga um gólf, to cross the floor (but also to walk up and down the floor); slá, er lá um þvert skipit, a beam that lay athwart the ship; um kné sér, across the knee; e-t er hœgt um hönd, gives little trouble, is ready to hand;

6) of time, during, in the course of (um messuna, um þingit, um sumarit); þat var um nótt, by night; um nætr sem um daga, by night as well as day; lengra en fara megi um dag, in the course of one day;

7) at a point of time (hann kom at höllinni um drykkju); um þat, at that time, then; um þat er, when (um þat, er vér erum allir at velli lagðir);

8) of, about, in regard to a thing; bera um e-t, dœma um e-t, to bear witness, judge about; tala um e-t, to speak of; annast um e-t, to attend to; sviðr um sik, wise of oneself; hvárr um sik, each for himself; var mart vel um hann, he had many good qualities;

9) e-m er ekki um e-t, one does not like (var honum ekki um Norðmenn); with infin., honum er ekki um at berjast í dag, he has no liking to fight to-day; er þér nökkut um, at vér rannsökum þik ok hús þín, have you any objection that we …?; e-m er mikit (lítil) um e-t, one likes it much, little (Guðrúnu var lítil um þat); sá, er mönnum væri meira um, whom people liked better; e-m finnst mikit um e-t, one is much pleased umwith, has a high opinion of (konungi fannst mikit um list þá ok kurteisi þá, er þar var á öllu);

10) because of, for; öfunda e-n um e-t, to envy one for a thing; verða útlagt um e-t, to be fined for a transgression; um sakleysi, without cause;

11) beyond, above; margir fengu eigi hlaupit um röst, more than one mile; hafa vetr um þrítugt, to be thirty-one; e-m um afl, um megn, beyond one’s strength, more than one can do (þetta mál er nökkut þér um megn); kasta steini um megn sér, to overstrain oneself; um of, too much, excessive (þótti mörgum þetta um of); um alla menn fram or um fram alla menn, above all men (hón unni honum um alla menn fram); e-m er e-t um hug, one has no mind for, dislikes (ef þér er nökkut um hug á kaupum við oss);

12) over, across; detta, falla um e-t, to stumble over (féll bóandinn um hann);

13) by; draugrinn hafði þokat at Þorsteini um þrjár setur, by three seats;

14) about; þeir sögðu honum, hvat um var at vera, what it was about, how matters stood; hvat sem um þat er, however that may be; eiga e-t um at vera, to be troubled about a thing (lætr sem hann eigi um ekki at vera); var fátt um með þeim, they were not on good terms;

15) ellipt., ef satt skal um tala, if the truth must be told; þannig sem atburðr hefir orðit um, as things have turned out;

16) as adv., gekk um veðrit, veered round, changed; ríða (sigla) um, to ride (sail) by; langt um, far beyond, quite; fljótit var langt um úfœrt (úreitt), quite impassable; um liðinn, passed by, of time; á þeirri viku, er um var liðin, in the past umweek;

II. with dat.

1) over, esp. poet.; sitja um borðum = sitja yfir borðum; sá es um verði glissir, he that gabbles over a meal;

2) of time, by; um dögum, um nóttum, by day, by night; um sumrum, haustum, vetrum, várum, in the summer, etc.; um vetrum ok sumrum, both winter and summer.

* * *

umb, of, prep. (sounded umm); umb is used in the oldest vellums (the Eluc., Greg., Miracle-book, Jb.), and occurs now and then in later vellums (e. g. Orkn. 218, Fms. x. 378, xi. 63, 64), perh. from being a transcript of an old vellum; in rhymes, umb, tr umbu, Fms. viii. (in a verse of A. D. 1184); for of see ‘of’ at p. 462, col. 2: [A. S. ymbe; Germ. um; um and yfir (q. v.) are identical.]

WITH ACC.

A. Around; silki-hlað um höfuð, Ld. 188; um höfuð henni, 36; hafa um sik belti, Nj. 91, 184; um herðar sér, Ld. 56; leggja linda umb kistu, leggja lindann umb enn vanheila mann, Bs. i. 337; gyrða um sik, Sks.; beta strengi um ásenda … festa endana um steina, Nj. 115; vefjask um fótinn, Fms. iv. 335; upp um herðarnar, Eg. 580; göra garð of engi, Grág. ii. 288; lykja um akra ok eng, Eg. 529; skjóta um hann skjaldborg, Nj. 274; slá hring um e-n, 275, Eg. 88; fara í hring um skipit, Ld. 56; taka um hönd e-m, Ó. H. 176; þar var poki um útan, Ld. 188; honum vefsk tunga um höfuð, Nj. 160; vefsk tunga um tönn (see tönn) … strjúka dúki um augu, Fms. v. 326, Fs. 114 (in a verse); sjó, er fellr um heim allan, Róm. 193: Aðils jarl féll ok mart manna um hann, Eg. 297; tjalda um skip sín, Fms. xi. 63; hafa um sik ( about oneself) fjölmenni, Eg. 12, 38; selit var gört um einn ás, Ld. 280.

II. about, all over, denoting the surface; manna-ferð um héraðit, Ld. 257; fylgja þeim um einn skóg, Karl. 348; hann hafði goðorð suðr um Nesin, Ísl. ii. 207; herja um Skotland, Írland, Fms. i. 23; næfrum var þakt um ræfrit, Eg. 90; dæma för úmögum um þat þing, Grág. i. 127; flýja hingað ok þangat um eyjarnar, Fms. vii. 43; um allar sveitir, all over the country, Boll. 362; kunnigt er mér um allt Ísland, Nj. 32; of allan Noreg, Fms. x. 118; um alla Svíþjóð, Ó. H. 17; um allt ríki sitt, Eg. 278; sitja um mitt landit, about the midland, Fms. i. 26; um miðjan skóginn er smáviði, Eg. 580; sjá um alla veröld, Ó. H. 202; kominn um langan veg, come a long way off, Stj. 366, Skv. 8; of lopt ok um lög, Hkv. 1. 21; fátt kom um lengra, farther off, Fb. ii. 303; hárit féll um hana alla, Landn. 151, Fas. i. 244; hárit hékk ofan um bringu, Fas. ii. 518: mikill um herðar, large about the shoulders, broad-shouldered, Nj. 200; þykkr um bóga, þeim manni er beit á of garðinn, Grág. ii. 286; skalat hann verja um bóstað hans, 222; kveðja um þann vetvang, 106; kveðja búa heiman um þann stað, i. 130, 355: liggja um strengi, Ld. 76; or liggja um akkeri, to ride at anchor, Eg. 261, 374, Fms. ii. 5, ix. 45, x. 351.

2. of proportion; margir vóru um einn, too many against one, Ld. 156; þar vóru fjórir of einn ( four to one) mót Hákoni, Fms. x. 382; eigi minni liðs-munr, en sex mundi vera um Hákonar mann einn, i. 43; um einn hest vóru tveir menn, two men to each horse, vii. 295; sex menn sé um sáld, Grág. ii. 402: Hrafn var mjök einn um sitt, kept for himself, Fs. 29; malit hefi ek mitt of leiti? Gs. 16.

III. off, past, beyond (cp. yfir), with verbs denoting motion; fara … suðr um Stað, Eg. 12; norðr um Stað, Fms. vii. 7; sigla vestr um Bretland, Nj. 281; er þeir kómu fram um Bjarkey, Ó. H. 137; norðr um Jaðar, 182; austan um Foldina, Eg. 81; út um Eldey, Eb. 108; austr um búðina, Nj. 231; ríða um þá þrjá bæi, Grág. i. 432; hann hljóp um þá, ok í fjall upp, passed them by, Landn. 89; sigla svá um oss fram, Orkn. 402; leggja um skut þessu skipi, to pass by this ship, Fms. x. 346; leita langt um skamt fram, Nj. 207 (cp. Lat. quod petis hic est); vaða jörð upp um klaufir, Ld. 336; fram um stafn, Landn. 29; aptr um stafn, Fms. x. 266; honum var úhægt at höggva um bríkina, Sturl. iii. 219; ríða um tún, to pass by a place, Ísl. ii. 252; neðan um sáðlandit, Nj. 82; fara of engi manns, Grág. ii. 277; fara um góð héruð, Landn. 37; ganga upp um bryggjuna, Eg. 195; ganga um stræti, by the road, Korm. 228; róa út um sund, Eg. 385; kominn um langan veg, 410; þeim dropum er renna um þekjuna, Fms. i. 263.

2. over, across, along; sá er annan dregr um eldinn, Fms. i. 305; skyldi ganga um gólf at minnum öllum, to cross the flood, Eg. 253; but also to walk up and down the floor, 247; bera öl um eld, to bear the ale across the fire, Fms. vi. 442; slá um þvert skipit, Nj. 44; sigla vestr um haf, Fms. i. 22; ríða vestr um ár, austr um ár, Nj. 10, 99; suðr um sæ, Eg. 288; flytja e-n um haf, Nj. 128; austan um Kjöl, Ó. H.; sunnan um fjall, Fms. x. 3; suðr um fjall, Eg. 476; um þvera stofu, Fms. vi. 440; um þvera búð, Grág. i. 24; um þvert nesit, Fms. xi. 65; um öxl, round or across the shoulder, Ld. 276; um kné sér, across the knee, Eg. 304: the phrase, mér er e-ð um hönd, difficult to lay hand on, hard, not easy; and again, hægt um hönd, giving little trouble, easy to lay hand on; ykkr er þat hægst um hönd, easiest for you, Nj. 25; þegar eg vil er hægt um hönd, heima á Fróni at vera, Núm.; kastaði (the mail) um söðul sinn, across the saddle, Grett. 93 A.

IV. with adverbs denoting direction, upp um, út um, niðr um, ofan um, inn um, fram um, with acc. or ellipt.; sær féll út ok inn of nökkvann, Edda 36; loginn stóð inn um ræfrit, Eg. 239; hann var kominn upp um ský, Fms. i. 137; út um bringuna, Ld. 150; hann gékk út of Miðgarð, Edda 35; ganga út um dyrr, Eg. 420; fara út um glugg, Fms. ix. 3; út um glugginn, Ld. 278; láta sér um munn fara, to pass out of the mouth, Háv. 51; ferr orð er um munn líðr, Sturl. i. 207.

B. Temp. during, in the course of, cp. Engl. that spring, that summer; um messuna, Fms. x. 109; um þingit, Eg. 765; um sex ár, Stj.; um vetrinn, Eg. 168; of sumarit, Fms. x. 93; um sumarit, Nj. 4; um várit, Eg. 42; um nótt, Grág. i. 115; þat var um nótt, by night, Ld. 152; hann mátti eigi sofa um nætr, Nj. 210; sofa um nóttina, 7; vera þar um nóttina, 252; lengra enn fara megi um dag, in the course of one day, Grág. i. 89; um daginn, for the rest of the day, Ld. 42; um morna, Landn. (in a verse), Ó. H. 44; um nætr sem um daga, by night as well as day, Sks. 20 new Ed.; um allar aldir, Edda; um alla daga, all day long, Skm. 4; um alla sína daga, all his days, Hom. 114; allt um hans æfi, Eg. 268; um aldr, for ever, passim; um tíma, for a while, Mar.; um hríð, um stund, for a while, see stund, hríð; um … sakar, a while, see sök (A. III. 2); um samt, altogether, Sks. 113 B.

2. above, beyond; standa um várþing, Grág. i. 103; um hálfan mánuð, Fms. ix. 526, v. l.; um viku, above a week.

3. at a point of time, at; hann kom at höllinni um drykkju, Nj. 269; of matmál, at meal time, Grág. i. 261; um dagmál, um náttmál, einnhvern dag um þingit, Ld. 290; eitt hvert sinn um haustið, Nj. 26; þat var of vár, Fms. x. 389; um várit urðu mikil tíðendi, 2; þeir höfðu verit á sundi um daginn, Ld. 130; opt um daga, Edda 39; um daginn, the other day: um þat, when; um þat er þrír vetr eru liðnir, Ld. 146; um þat þessir eru bættir, Eg. 426; um þat lýkr, when the end is there, in the end, Fas. ii. 361; ef ek kom eigi aptr um þat, then, at that time, Fms. ii. 58; um þat er vér erum allir at velli lagðir, Eg. 426; um sinn, once, see sinni B, p. 530; um síðir, at last, see síð (II); um leið, at the same time; hér um bil, about so and so; um allt, of allt, always; Kristinn dóin má um allt sækja, at all times, N. G. L. ii. 154; nokkrum sinnum, ok hefir mér ofallt íllt þótt, Fms. v. 205 (see ávallt, p. 47, col. 2).

C. Metaph. usages, of, about, in regard to a thing, Lat. de; halda vörð á um e-t, Eg. ch. 27; annask um e-t, to attend to, Nj. 75, Glúm. 342, Kormak; gefa gaum at um e-t, to give heed to, Ó. H. 215; bera um e-t, dæma um e-t, to bear witness, judge about, Nj. 100; tala um e-t, to speak of, 40; þræta um e-t, to quarrel about; spyrja um e-t, to speer or ask about, 110; göra, yrkja um e-n, Fms. x. 378; halda njósn um e-t, Eg. 72; nefna, búa um mál, Nj. 86; um alla ráða-görð, 101; stefna e-m um e-t, Grág. i. 175, 313, Nj. 87; vera til eptir-máls um e-t, passim; frækinn um allt, in everything, 89; bera gæfu til um e-t, Eg. 76; kappsamr of allt, þeir hyggja þat lög um þat mál, Grág. i. 9; eitt ráð myndi honum um þat sýnask, Nj. 79; kunna hóf at um ágirni sína, Ó. H. 131; þat er um þat átan, er …, N. G. L. i. 19; þau tíðendi er görzk höfðu um ferðir Egils ok stórvirki, Eg. 686; stór úfarar görask of menn þessa, Fms. xi. 151; aumligt er um e-t, Hom. 159 (Ed.); seinkaðisk of svörin, 623. 16; mikit er um fyrirburði slíka, Nj. 119; þá var hvíld á um bardagann, 248; hann telzk undan um förina, Fms. xi. 69; ruðning um kviðinn, Nj.; misfangi um mark, a mistake as to a mark, Grág.; binda um heilt, to bind up a sound limb, Ld. 206: gróa um heilt, to become sound, be healed, Fms. xi. 87, Al. 120; ganga um beina, to attend; leita e-s í um mein hennar, Eg. 565; veita tilkall um arf, Eg.; leita um sættir, grið, Nj. 92; selja laun um liðveizlu, 214: in inscriptions of chapters, um so and so, = Lat. de; um viðrtal Njáls ok Skarphéðins, um misfanga ok um mark, um bæjar bruna, Nj., Grág., Fms.; göra mikit um sik, to make a great fuss, Fb. i. 545; görði mikit um sik ok var sjálfhælinn, Grett. 133 A: vera vel um sik ( of good quality) ok vinsæll, Fms. xi. 118; mey er ok vissa vænsta ok bezt um sik, 104; at hón væri í engum hlut verri um sik, Hkr. ii. 129; sviðr um sik, wise of oneself, Hm. 102; auga blátt ok snart ok vel um sik, Mag. 7; hvárr um sik, each for himself, one by one, Dipl. ii. 11; vér staðfestum þessa articulos hvern um sik ok sér hverja, 13; þykki mér þat undarligt um svá vitran mann, of a man so wise, Eg. 20; var mart vel um hann, he had many good qualities, Rb. 364; þat mátti vera um röskvan mann, Fms. vii. 227.

2. ganga um sýslur manna, to go about or upon men’s business, as an overseer. Eg. 2; ganga um beina, to attend, see beini.

3. e-m er mikit (ekki) um e-t, to like, dislike; Guðrúnu var lítið um þat … lítið ætla ek þeim um þat bræðrum, at …, Ld. 246, 264, Fms. ii. 81; var honum ekki um Norðmenn, Hkr. i. 128; Þórði kvaðsk ekki vera um manna-setur, Ld. 42; er þér nökkut um ( hast thou any objection?), at vér rannsakim þik ok hús þin, Gísl. 53; sá er mönnum væri meira um, whom people liked more, Fms, ix. 36; ef þór er mikit um ráða-hug við mik, if thou art much bent on it, xi. 4.

4. búa um eitt lyndi, to be of one mind, Jb. 396; búa um nægtir, grun, skoll, búa um heilt, see búa (A. II); búa um hvílu, to make a bed; búa um okkr, Nj. 201 (see búa B. I. 2. γ); setjask um kyrt, to settle oneself to rest, take rest, Fas. ii. 530; or sitja um kyrt.

II. because of, for, Lat. ob; öfunda e-n um e-t ( invidere a-i a-d), Nj. 168; reiðask um e-t, um hvat reiddusk goðin þá, Bs. i. 22; telja á e-n of e-t, to blame one for a thing, Nj. 52; berja e-n íllyrðum um slikt, 64; lágu margir á hálsi honum þat, Fms. xi. 336; týna aldri um óra sök, Skv. 3. 49; verða útlagr um e-t, to be fined for a transgression, Grág. i. 16; dæmdr fjörbaugs-maðr um spellvirki, 129; maðr vegr mann um konu, if a man slays a person for [ violating] his wife, 61; um sakleysi, without cause, Nj. 106, 270, Bs. i. 19.

III. beyond, above; fimm hundruð gólfa ok um ( plus) fjórum togum, Gm. 24; kistan var eigi um vættar höfga, Bs. i. 712; margir fengu eigi hlaupit um röst, Karl. 351; lítið um tuttugu menn, Sturl. i. 183; hann var ekki um tvítugan, Róm. 327; hafa vetr um þrítugt, to be one beyond thirty, i. e. thirty-one, Sturl. i. 183: freq. in mod. usage, hafa tvo um þrítugt ( thirty-two), átta um fertugt ( forty-eight), tvo um fimtugt ( fifty-two), einn um áttrætt ( eighty-one); sá dagr, sem um vikur fullar er í árinu, Rb. 128: at yðr verði þat ekki um afl, beyond your strength, more than one can do, Band. 21 new Ed.; um megn, id., Fms. viii. 62; þetta mál er nökkut þér um megn, vi. 18; kasta steini um megn sér, to overstrain oneself: um of, excessive; þótti mörgum þetta um of, Vígl. 18: um fram (q. v.), beyond; um alla menn fram, above all men, Ld. 20, Fms. v. 343; um alla hluti fram, above all things; um þat fram sem ykkr var lofat, Sks.: um hug; vera e-t um hug, to have no mind for, dislike; ef þér er nökkut um hug á kaupum við oss, Nj. 24.

IV. turned over, in exchange; skipta um, snúa um, venda um, see skipta III and snúa A. III.

V. over, across; detta, falla um e-t, to stumble over; hverr féll um annan, of heaps of slain. Eg. 24; fÉll bóandinn um hann, Nj. 96; detta um stein, þúfu, to stumble over a stone, mound; glotta um tönn, see tönn.

VI. by; draugrinn hafði þokat at Þorsteini um þrjár setur, by three seats, Fb. i. 417; hefja upp of faðm saman, by a fathom, Grág. ii. 336; minka um helming, to decrease by one half; hverr um sik, each by himself, Rétt. 114.

VII. about; eiga e-t um at vera, to be troubled about a thing; þeir sögðu honum hvat um var at vera, what it was about, Hrafn. 18; sem engi ótti væri um at vera, no danger, Fms. iv. 57; eiga ekki um at vera, iii. 156; or, eiga um ekki at vera, Gísl. 30; eiga vandræði, fjölskyldi um at vera, Fms. vi. 378, xi. 78; hann segir honum um hvat vera er, what was the matter? Gísl. 36; þann sagði þvílíkt er hann hafði um at vera, Krok.; var fátt um með þeim, they were on cold terms, Nj. 2; var þá ekki lítið um, there was no little fuss about it, Bárð. 174; mikit er um þá maðrinn býr, mart hefir hann að hugsa, a ditty.

VIII. ellipt., til marks um, Nj. 56; þykkir honum vænkask um, Fms. xi. 135; þann mála-búnað at hann verðr sekr um, Nj. 88; ef satt skal um tala, 105; mér hefir tvennt um sýnzk, 3; menn ræddu um at vánt væri skip hans, 282; hér má ek vel svara þér um, 33; hann brá dúki um, Fms. x. 382; enda er þá djöfullinn um (about, lurking) at svíkja þann mann, Hom. 159; þannig sem atburðr hefir orðit um, as things have turned out, Fms. xi. 64; ekki er við menn um at eiga, this is no dealing with men (but with trolls or devils), Nj. 97.

IX. with adverbs; í hring útan um, all round, Eg. 486; gékk um Veðrit, veered round, changed, Bs. i. 775; ríða um, to ride by, Eg. 748; sigla um, to sail by, Fms. x. 23; er konungr færi norðan ok suðr um, Eg. 53; langt um, far beyond, quite; fljótið var langt um úfært, quite impassable, Nj. 63, 144; þessi veðr eru langt um úfær, Grett. 181 new Ed.; cp. mod. það er langt um betra, by far better; kring-um, all around, see A.V.

2. um liðinn, passed by, of time; á þeirri viku er um var liðin, in the past week, Ísl. ii. 332.

WITH DAT.

A. Local, over, Lat. super; but almost entirely confined to poets, sitja um matborði (of Hkr. iii. 109) = sitja yfir matborði, Fms. viii. 51; um verði, over the table, Hm. 30; sitja of (= yfir) skörðum hlut, Ó. H. 150; sá er tvá húskarla á, ok um sjálfum sér, two house-carles besides himself, Grág. (Kb.) i. 10; um alda sonum, Fm. 16; er ek hafðak veldi of héruðum þessum, Clem. 35; hár söngr of svírum, Hornklofi; nema þér syngi um höfði, Hkv. 2; sitja um sínum ver, Vsp.; er ek sat soltin um Sigurði, Gkv. 2. 11; opin-spjallr um e-u, … þagmælskr um þjóðlygi (dat.), Ad. 1; um styrkum ættar stuðli, 12; ægis-hjálm bar ek um alda sonum, meðan ek um menjum lák, Fm. 16; gól um hánum, Vsp.; úlfr þaut um hræfi, Ó. H. (in a verse); see ‘of,’ prep., p. 462, col. 2, and yfir.

B. Of time, by; um dögum, by day, Fms. vi. 98, ix. 48; um nóttum, by night, vii. 166; um haustum, in the autumn, Eb. 216; bæði um haustum ok várum, both in autumn and spring, Sks. 235 B; um sumrum, Fms. vi. 255; um sumrum herjuðu þeir í Noreg, Eb. 3; þakt með ísum um vetrum ok sumrum, both winter and summer, Sks. 181 B; opt um vetnim, Eg. 4; þeir liggja úti hvert sumar, en um vetrum eru þeir heima, Fms. xi. 97. This use with dat. is obsolete in mod. prose.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > UM

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Motion blur — is the apparent streaking of rapidly moving objects in a still image or a sequence of images such as a movie or animation. It results when the image being recorded changes during the recording of a single frame, either due to rapid movement or… … Wikipedia
Motion simulator — Simulator seating St. Louis Zoo A motion simulator or motion platform is a mechanism that encapsulates occupants and creates the effect/feelings of being in a moving vehicle. Motion simulators fall into two categories (described below) based on… … Wikipedia
motion picture — motion picture, adj. 1. a sequence of consecutive pictures of objects photographed in motion by a specially designed camera (motion picture camera) and thrown on a screen by a projector (motion picture projector) in such rapid succession as to… … Universalium
Motion in the Ocean — Studio album by McFly Released 6 November 2006 … Wikipedia
Motion (physics) — Motion involves change in position, such as in this perspective of rapidly leaving Yongsan Station In physics, motion is a change in position of an object with respect to time. Change in action is the result of an unbalanced force. Motion is… … Wikipedia
Motion planning — (a.k.a., the navigation problem , the piano mover s problem ) is a term used in robotics for the process of detailing a task into discrete motions. For example, consider navigating a mobile robot inside a building to a distant waypoint. It should … Wikipedia
Motion blindness — is a neurological condition caused by brain damage (from a stroke for example). The visual perception is intact in other ways and it s possible to see clearly though they are not able to see motion and instead see things going in frames. In a… … Wikipedia
Motion picture rating system — Parental Guidance redirects here. For the Singaporean TV series, see Parental Guidance (TV series). For the Judas Priest song, see Parental Guidance (song). A motion picture rating system is designated to classify films with regard to suitability … Wikipedia
motion-picture technology — Introduction the means for the production and showing of motion pictures. It includes not only the motion picture camera and projector but also such technologies as those involved in recording sound, in editing both picture and sound, in… … Universalium
motion picture, history of the — Introduction history of the medium from the 19th century to the present. Early years, 1830–1910 Origins The illusion of motion pictures is based on the optical phenomena known as persistence of vision and the phi phenomenon. The first … Universalium
Motion JPEG — In multimedia, Motion JPEG (M JPEG) is an informal name for a class of video formats where each video frame or interlaced field of a digital video sequence is separately compressed as a JPEG image. Originally developed for multimedia PC… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

(with motion above

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

(with motion above

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: